storagewmi.dll.mui WMI Provider for Storage Management d56d769661bf12f7c02b37d4c2151ccd

  1. File Info
  2. MUI

File info

File name: storagewmi.dll.mui
Size: 445952 byte
MD5: d56d769661bf12f7c02b37d4c2151ccd
SHA1: 85f09a084aedb030bb508c1587d70ab7bbe893cb
SHA256: 02cd17931624622262e3fc8b28de128e570ea9901dd0794edfb9a3e0aed52986
Operating systems: Windows 10
Extension: MUI

Translations messages and strings

If an error occurred or the following message in Norwegian (Bokml) language and you cannot find a solution, than check answer in English. Table below helps to know how correctly this phrase sounds in English.

id Norwegian (Bokml) English
1ObjectId is a mandatory property that is used to opaquely and uniquely identify an instance of a class. ObjectIds must be unique within the scope of the management server (which is hosting the provider). The ObjectId is created and maintained for use of the Storage Management Providers and their clients to track instances of objects. If an object is visible through two different paths (for example: there are two separate Storage Management Providers that point to the same storage subsystem) then the same object may appear with two different ObjectIds. For determining if two object instances are the same object, refer to the UniqueId property. ObjectId is a mandatory property that is used to opaquely and uniquely identify an instance of a class. ObjectIds must be unique within the scope of the management server (which is hosting the provider). The ObjectId is created and maintained for use of the Storage Management Providers and their clients to track instances of objects. If an object is visible through two different paths (for example: there are two separate Storage Management Providers that point to the same storage subsystem) then the same object may appear with two different ObjectIds. For determining if two object instances are the same object, refer to the UniqueId property.
2UniqueId is a mandatory property that is used to uniquely identify a logical instance of a storage subsystem's object. This value must be the same for an object viewed by two or more provider instances (even if they are running on seperate management servers). UniqueId can be any globally unique, opaque value unless otherwise specified by a derived class. UniqueId is a mandatory property that is used to uniquely identify a logical instance of a storage subsystem's object. This value must be the same for an object viewed by two or more provider instances (even if they are running on seperate management servers). UniqueId can be any globally unique, opaque value unless otherwise specified by a derived class.
4PassThroughServer is the name or address of the computer system hosting the proprietary storage provider classes. PassThroughServer is the name or address of the computer system hosting the proprietary storage provider classes.
5PassThroughNamespace is the WBEM namespace that contains the proprietary storage provider classes. PassThroughNamespace is the WBEM namespace that contains the proprietary storage provider classes.
6PassThroughClass is the WBEM class name of the proprietary storage provider object. PassThroughClass is the WBEM class name of the proprietary storage provider object.
71.0 1.0
8Common base class for all Storage Management Provider objects Common base class for all Storage Management Provider objects
9Primary classification of the error. The following values are defined:
2 - Communications Error. Errors of this type are principally associated with the procedures and/or processes required to convey information from one point to another.
3 - Quality of Service Error. Errors of this type are principally associated with failures that result in reduced functionality or performance.
4 - Software Error. Error of this type are principally associated with a software or processing fault.
5 - Hardware Error. Errors of this type are principally associated with an equipment or hardware failure.
6 - Environmental Error. Errors of this type are principally associated with a failure condition relating the to facility, or other environmental considerations.
7 - Security Error. Errors of this type are associated with security violations, detection of viruses, and similar issues.
8 - Oversubscription Error. Errors of this type are principally associated with the failure to allocate sufficient resources to complete the operation.
9 - Unavailable Resource Error. Errors of this type are principally associated with the failure to access a required resource.
10 -Unsupported Operation Error. Errors of this type are principally associated with requests that are not supported.		 Primary classification of the error. The following values are defined:
2 - Communications Error. Errors of this type are principally associated with the procedures and/or processes required to convey information from one point to another.
3 - Quality of Service Error. Errors of this type are principally associated with failures that result in reduced functionality or performance.
4 - Software Error. Error of this type are principally associated with a software or processing fault.
5 - Hardware Error. Errors of this type are principally associated with an equipment or hardware failure.
6 - Environmental Error. Errors of this type are principally associated with a failure condition relating the to facility, or other environmental considerations.
7 - Security Error. Errors of this type are associated with security violations, detection of viruses, and similar issues.
8 - Oversubscription Error. Errors of this type are principally associated with the failure to allocate sufficient resources to complete the operation.
9 - Unavailable Resource Error. Errors of this type are principally associated with the failure to access a required resource.
10 -Unsupported Operation Error. Errors of this type are principally associated with requests that are not supported.
10Unknown Unknown
11Other Other
12Communications Error Communications Error
13Quality of Service Error Quality of Service Error
14Software Error Software Error
15Hardware Error Hardware Error
16Environmental Error Environmental Error
17Security Error Security Error
18Oversubscription Error Oversubscription Error
19Unavailable Resource Error Unavailable Resource Error
20Unsupported Operation Error Unsupported Operation Error
21DMTF Reserved DMTF Reserved
22A free-form string describing the ErrorType when 1, "Other", is specified as the ErrorType. A free-form string describing the ErrorType when 1, "Other", is specified as the ErrorType.
24An opaque string that uniquely identifies, within the scope of the OwningEntity, the format of the Message. An opaque string that uniquely identifies, within the scope of the OwningEntity, the format of the Message.
25The formatted message. This message is constructed by combining some or all of the dynamic elements specified in the MessageArguments property with the static elements uniquely identified by the MessageID in a message registry or other catalog associated with the OwningEntity. The formatted message. This message is constructed by combining some or all of the dynamic elements specified in the MessageArguments property with the static elements uniquely identified by the MessageID in a message registry or other catalog associated with the OwningEntity.
26An array containing the dynamic content of the message. An array containing the dynamic content of the message.
27An enumerated value that describes the severity of the Indication from the notifier\'s point of view:
0 - the Perceived Severity of the indication is unknown or indeterminate.
1 - Other, by CIM convention, is used to indicate that the Severity\'s value can be found in the OtherSeverity property.
2 - Information should be used when providing an informative response.
3 - Degraded/Warning should be used when its appropriate to let the user decide if action is needed.
4 - Minor should be used to indicate action is needed, but the situation is not serious at this time.
5 - Major should be used to indicate action is needed NOW.
6 - Critical should be used to indicate action is needed NOW and the scope is broad (perhaps an imminent outage to a critical resource will result).
7 - Fatal/NonRecoverable should be used to indicate an error occurred, but it\'s too late to take remedial action.
2 and 0 - Information and Unknown (respectively) follow common usage. Literally, the Error is purely informational or its severity is simply unknown.		 An enumerated value that describes the severity of the Indication from the notifier\'s point of view:
0 - the Perceived Severity of the indication is unknown or indeterminate.
1 - Other, by CIM convention, is used to indicate that the Severity\'s value can be found in the OtherSeverity property.
2 - Information should be used when providing an informative response.
3 - Degraded/Warning should be used when its appropriate to let the user decide if action is needed.
4 - Minor should be used to indicate action is needed, but the situation is not serious at this time.
5 - Major should be used to indicate action is needed NOW.
6 - Critical should be used to indicate action is needed NOW and the scope is broad (perhaps an imminent outage to a critical resource will result).
7 - Fatal/NonRecoverable should be used to indicate an error occurred, but it\'s too late to take remedial action.
2 and 0 - Information and Unknown (respectively) follow common usage. Literally, the Error is purely informational or its severity is simply unknown.
28Information Information
29Degraded/Warning Degraded/Warning
30Minor Minor
31Major Major
32Critical Critical
33Fatal/NonRecoverable Fatal/NonRecoverable
34An enumerated value that describes the probable cause of the error. An enumerated value that describes the probable cause of the error.
35Adapter/Card Error Adapter/Card Error
36Application Subsystem Failure Application Subsystem Failure
37Bandwidth Reduced Bandwidth Reduced
38Connection Establishment Error Connection Establishment Error
39Communications Protocol Error Communications Protocol Error
40Communications Subsystem Failure Communications Subsystem Failure
41Configuration/Customization Error Configuration/Customization Error
42Congestion Congestion
43Corrupt Data Corrupt Data
44CPU Cycles Limit Exceeded CPU Cycles Limit Exceeded
45Dataset/Modem Error Dataset/Modem Error
46Degraded Signal Degraded Signal
47DTE-DCE Interface Error DTE-DCE Interface Error
48Enclosure Door Open Enclosure Door Open
49Equipment Malfunction Equipment Malfunction
50Excessive Vibration Excessive Vibration
51File Format Error File Format Error
52Fire Detected Fire Detected
53Flood Detected Flood Detected
54Framing Error Framing Error
55HVAC Problem HVAC Problem
56Humidity Unacceptable Humidity Unacceptable
57I/O Device Error I/O Device Error
58Input Device Error Input Device Error
59LAN Error LAN Error
60Non-Toxic Leak Detected Non-Toxic Leak Detected
61Local Node Transmission Error Local Node Transmission Error
62Loss of Frame Loss of Frame
63Loss of Signal Loss of Signal
64Material Supply Exhausted Material Supply Exhausted
65Multiplexer Problem Multiplexer Problem
66Out of Memory Out of Memory
67Output Device Error Output Device Error
68Performance Degraded Performance Degraded
69Power Problem Power Problem
70Pressure Unacceptable Pressure Unacceptable
71Processor Problem (Internal Machine Error) Processor Problem (Internal Machine Error)
72Pump Failure Pump Failure
73Queue Size Exceeded Queue Size Exceeded
74Receive Failure Receive Failure
75Receiver Failure Receiver Failure
76Remote Node Transmission Error Remote Node Transmission Error
77Resource at or Nearing Capacity Resource at or Nearing Capacity
78Response Time Excessive Response Time Excessive
79Retransmission Rate Excessive Retransmission Rate Excessive
80Software Program Abnormally Terminated Software Program Abnormally Terminated
81Software Program Error (Incorrect Results) Software Program Error (Incorrect Results)
82Storage Capacity Problem Storage Capacity Problem
83Temperature Unacceptable Temperature Unacceptable
84Threshold Crossed Threshold Crossed
85Timing Problem Timing Problem
86Toxic Leak Detected Toxic Leak Detected
87Transmit Failure Transmit Failure
88Transmitter Failure Transmitter Failure
89Underlying Resource Unavailable Underlying Resource Unavailable
90Version Mismatch Version Mismatch
91Previous Alert Cleared Previous Alert Cleared
92Login Attempts Failed Login Attempts Failed
93Software Virus Detected Software Virus Detected
94Hardware Security Breached Hardware Security Breached
95Denial of Service Detected Denial of Service Detected
96Security Credential Mismatch Security Credential Mismatch
97Unauthorized Access Unauthorized Access
98Alarm Received Alarm Received
99Loss of Pointer Loss of Pointer
100Payload Mismatch Payload Mismatch
101Transmission Error Transmission Error
102Excessive Error Rate Excessive Error Rate
103Trace Problem Trace Problem
104Element Unavailable Element Unavailable
105Element Missing Element Missing
106Loss of Multi Frame Loss of Multi Frame
107Broadcast Channel Failure Broadcast Channel Failure
108Invalid Message Received Invalid Message Received
109Routing Failure Routing Failure
110Backplane Failure Backplane Failure
111Identifier Duplication Identifier Duplication
112Protection Path Failure Protection Path Failure
113Sync Loss or Mismatch Sync Loss or Mismatch
114Terminal Problem Terminal Problem
115Real Time Clock Failure Real Time Clock Failure
116Antenna Failure Antenna Failure
117Battery Charging Failure Battery Charging Failure
118Disk Failure Disk Failure
119Frequency Hopping Failure Frequency Hopping Failure
120Loss of Redundancy Loss of Redundancy
121Power Supply Failure Power Supply Failure
122Signal Quality Problem Signal Quality Problem
123Battery Discharging Battery Discharging
124Battery Failure Battery Failure
125Commercial Power Problem Commercial Power Problem
126Fan Failure Fan Failure
127Engine Failure Engine Failure
128Sensor Failure Sensor Failure
129Fuse Failure Fuse Failure
130Generator Failure Generator Failure
131Low Battery Low Battery
132Low Fuel Low Fuel
133Low Water Low Water
134Explosive Gas Explosive Gas
135High Winds High Winds
136Ice Buildup Ice Buildup
137Smoke Smoke
138Memory Mismatch Memory Mismatch
139Out of CPU Cycles Out of CPU Cycles
140Software Environment Problem Software Environment Problem
141Software Download Failure Software Download Failure
142Element Reinitialized Element Reinitialized
143Timeout Timeout
144Logging Problems Logging Problems
145Leak Detected Leak Detected
146Protection Mechanism Failure Protection Mechanism Failure
147Protecting Resource Failure Protecting Resource Failure
148Database Inconsistency Database Inconsistency
149Authentication Failure Authentication Failure
150Breach of Confidentiality Breach of Confidentiality
151Cable Tamper Cable Tamper
152Delayed Information Delayed Information
153Duplicate Information Duplicate Information
154Information Missing Information Missing
155Information Modification Information Modification
156Information Out of Sequence Information Out of Sequence
157Key Expired Key Expired
158Non-Repudiation Failure Non-Repudiation Failure
159Out of Hours Activity Out of Hours Activity
160Out of Service Out of Service
161Procedural Error Procedural Error
162Unexpected Information Unexpected Information
163A free-form string describing the probable cause of the error. A free-form string describing the probable cause of the error.
164A free-form string describing recommended actions to take to resolve the error. A free-form string describing recommended actions to take to resolve the error.
165The identifying information of the entity (i.e., the instance) generating the error. If this entity is modeled in the CIM Schema, this property contains the path of the instance encoded as a string parameter. If not modeled, the property contains some identifying string that names the entity that generated the error. The path or identifying string is formatted per the ErrorSourceFormat property. The identifying information of the entity (i.e., the instance) generating the error. If this entity is modeled in the CIM Schema, this property contains the path of the instance encoded as a string parameter. If not modeled, the property contains some identifying string that names the entity that generated the error. The path or identifying string is formatted per the ErrorSourceFormat property.
166The format of the ErrorSource property is interpretable based on the value of this property. Values are defined as:
0 - Unknown. The format is unknown or not meaningfully interpretable by a CIM client application.
1 - Other. The format is defined by the value of the OtherErrorSourceFormat property.2 - CIMObjectPath. A CIM Object Path as defined in the CIM Infrastructure specification. Note: CIM 2.5 and earlier used the term object names.		 The format of the ErrorSource property is interpretable based on the value of this property. Values are defined as:
0 - Unknown. The format is unknown or not meaningfully interpretable by a CIM client application.
1 - Other. The format is defined by the value of the OtherErrorSourceFormat property.2 - CIMObjectPath. A CIM Object Path as defined in the CIM Infrastructure specification. Note: CIM 2.5 and earlier used the term object names.
167CIMObjectPath CIMObjectPath
168A string defining "Other" values for ErrorSourceFormat. This value MUST be set to a non NULL value when ErrorSourceFormat is set to a value of 1 ("Other"). For all other values of ErrorSourceFormat, the value of this string must be set to NULL. A string defining "Other" values for ErrorSourceFormat. This value MUST be set to a non NULL value when ErrorSourceFormat is set to a value of 1 ("Other"). For all other values of ErrorSourceFormat, the value of this string must be set to NULL.
169The CIM status code that characterizes this instance.
This property defines the status codes that MAY be return by a conforming CIM Server or Listener. Note that not all status codes are valid for each operation. The specification for each operation SHOULD define the status codes that may be returned by that operation.
The following values for CIM status code are defined:
1 - CIM_ERR_FAILED. A general error occurred that is not covered by a more specific error code.
2 - CIM_ERR_ACCESS_DENIED. Access to a CIM resource was not available to the client.
3 - CIM_ERR_INVALID_NAMESPACE. The target namespace does not exist.
4 - CIM_ERR_INVALID_PARAMETER. One or more parameter values passed to the method were invalid.
5 - CIM_ERR_INVALID_CLASS. The specified Class does not exist.
6 - CIM_ERR_NOT_FOUND. The requested object could not be found.
7 - CIM_ERR_NOT_SUPPORTED. The requested operation is not supported.
8 - CIM_ERR_CLASS_HAS_CHILDREN. Operation cannot be carried out on this class since it has instances.
9 - CIM_ERR_CLASS_HAS_INSTANCES. Operation cannot be carried out on this class since it has instances.
10 - CIM_ERR_INVALID_SUPERCLASS. Operation cannot be carried out since the specified superclass does not exist.
11 - CIM_ERR_ALREADY_EXISTS. Operation cannot be carried out because an object already exists.
12 - CIM_ERR_NO_SUCH_PROPERTY. The specified Property does not exist.
13 - CIM_ERR_TYPE_MISMATCH. The value supplied is incompatible with the type.
14 - CIM_ERR_QUERY_LANGUAGE_NOT_SUPPORTED. The query language is not recognized or supported.
15 - CIM_ERR_INVALID_QUERY. The query is not valid for the specified query language.
16 - CIM_ERR_METHOD_NOT_AVAILABLE. The extrinsic Method could not be executed.
17 - CIM_ERR_METHOD_NOT_FOUND. The specified extrinsic Method does not exist.
18 - CIM_ERR_UNEXPECTED_RESPONSE. The returned response to the asynchronous operation was not expected.
19 - CIM_ERR_INVALID_RESPONSE_DESTINATION. The specified destination for the asynchronous response is not valid.
20 - CIM_ERR_NAMESPACE_NOT_EMPTY. The specified Namespace is not empty.
21 - CIM_ERR_INVALID_ENUMERATION_CONTEXT. The enumeration context supplied is not valid.
22 - CIM_ERR_INVALID_OPERATION_TIMEOUT. The specified Namespace is not empty.
23 - CIM_ERR_PULL_HAS_BEEN_ABANDONED. The specified Namespace is not empty.
24 - CIM_ERR_PULL_CANNOT_BE_ABANDONED. The attempt to abandon a pull operation has failed.
25 - CIM_ERR_FILTERED_ENUMERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED. Filtered Enumeratrions are not supported.
26 - CIM_ERR_CONTINUATION_ON_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED. Continue on error is not supported.
27 - CIM_ERR_SERVER_LIMITS_EXCEEDED. The WBEM Server limits have been exceeded (e.g. memory, connections, ...).
28 - CIM_ERR_SERVER_IS_SHUTTING_DOWN. The WBEM Server is shutting down.
29 - CIM_ERR_QUERY_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED. The specified Query Feature is not supported.		 The CIM status code that characterizes this instance.
This property defines the status codes that MAY be return by a conforming CIM Server or Listener. Note that not all status codes are valid for each operation. The specification for each operation SHOULD define the status codes that may be returned by that operation.
The following values for CIM status code are defined:
1 - CIM_ERR_FAILED. A general error occurred that is not covered by a more specific error code.
2 - CIM_ERR_ACCESS_DENIED. Access to a CIM resource was not available to the client.
3 - CIM_ERR_INVALID_NAMESPACE. The target namespace does not exist.
4 - CIM_ERR_INVALID_PARAMETER. One or more parameter values passed to the method were invalid.
5 - CIM_ERR_INVALID_CLASS. The specified Class does not exist.
6 - CIM_ERR_NOT_FOUND. The requested object could not be found.
7 - CIM_ERR_NOT_SUPPORTED. The requested operation is not supported.
8 - CIM_ERR_CLASS_HAS_CHILDREN. Operation cannot be carried out on this class since it has instances.
9 - CIM_ERR_CLASS_HAS_INSTANCES. Operation cannot be carried out on this class since it has instances.
10 - CIM_ERR_INVALID_SUPERCLASS. Operation cannot be carried out since the specified superclass does not exist.
11 - CIM_ERR_ALREADY_EXISTS. Operation cannot be carried out because an object already exists.
12 - CIM_ERR_NO_SUCH_PROPERTY. The specified Property does not exist.
13 - CIM_ERR_TYPE_MISMATCH. The value supplied is incompatible with the type.
14 - CIM_ERR_QUERY_LANGUAGE_NOT_SUPPORTED. The query language is not recognized or supported.
15 - CIM_ERR_INVALID_QUERY. The query is not valid for the specified query language.
16 - CIM_ERR_METHOD_NOT_AVAILABLE. The extrinsic Method could not be executed.
17 - CIM_ERR_METHOD_NOT_FOUND. The specified extrinsic Method does not exist.
18 - CIM_ERR_UNEXPECTED_RESPONSE. The returned response to the asynchronous operation was not expected.
19 - CIM_ERR_INVALID_RESPONSE_DESTINATION. The specified destination for the asynchronous response is not valid.
20 - CIM_ERR_NAMESPACE_NOT_EMPTY. The specified Namespace is not empty.
21 - CIM_ERR_INVALID_ENUMERATION_CONTEXT. The enumeration context supplied is not valid.
22 - CIM_ERR_INVALID_OPERATION_TIMEOUT. The specified Namespace is not empty.
23 - CIM_ERR_PULL_HAS_BEEN_ABANDONED. The specified Namespace is not empty.
24 - CIM_ERR_PULL_CANNOT_BE_ABANDONED. The attempt to abandon a pull operation has failed.
25 - CIM_ERR_FILTERED_ENUMERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED. Filtered Enumeratrions are not supported.
26 - CIM_ERR_CONTINUATION_ON_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED. Continue on error is not supported.
27 - CIM_ERR_SERVER_LIMITS_EXCEEDED. The WBEM Server limits have been exceeded (e.g. memory, connections, ...).
28 - CIM_ERR_SERVER_IS_SHUTTING_DOWN. The WBEM Server is shutting down.
29 - CIM_ERR_QUERY_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED. The specified Query Feature is not supported.
170CIM_ERR_FAILED CIM_ERR_FAILED
171CIM_ERR_ACCESS_DENIED CIM_ERR_ACCESS_DENIED
172CIM_ERR_INVALID_NAMESPACE CIM_ERR_INVALID_NAMESPACE
173CIM_ERR_INVALID_PARAMETER CIM_ERR_INVALID_PARAMETER
174CIM_ERR_INVALID_CLASS CIM_ERR_INVALID_CLASS
175CIM_ERR_NOT_FOUND CIM_ERR_NOT_FOUND
176CIM_ERR_NOT_SUPPORTED CIM_ERR_NOT_SUPPORTED
177CIM_ERR_CLASS_HAS_CHILDREN CIM_ERR_CLASS_HAS_CHILDREN
178CIM_ERR_CLASS_HAS_INSTANCES CIM_ERR_CLASS_HAS_INSTANCES
179CIM_ERR_INVALID_SUPERCLASS CIM_ERR_INVALID_SUPERCLASS
180CIM_ERR_ALREADY_EXISTS CIM_ERR_ALREADY_EXISTS
181CIM_ERR_NO_SUCH_PROPERTY CIM_ERR_NO_SUCH_PROPERTY
182CIM_ERR_TYPE_MISMATCH CIM_ERR_TYPE_MISMATCH
183CIM_ERR_QUERY_LANGUAGE_NOT_SUPPORTED CIM_ERR_QUERY_LANGUAGE_NOT_SUPPORTED
184CIM_ERR_INVALID_QUERY CIM_ERR_INVALID_QUERY
185CIM_ERR_METHOD_NOT_AVAILABLE CIM_ERR_METHOD_NOT_AVAILABLE
186CIM_ERR_METHOD_NOT_FOUND CIM_ERR_METHOD_NOT_FOUND
187CIM_ERR_UNEXPECTED_RESPONSE CIM_ERR_UNEXPECTED_RESPONSE
188CIM_ERR_INVALID_RESPONSE_DESTINATION CIM_ERR_INVALID_RESPONSE_DESTINATION
189CIM_ERR_NAMESPACE_NOT_EMPTY CIM_ERR_NAMESPACE_NOT_EMPTY
190CIM_ERR_INVALID_ENUMERATION_CONTEXT CIM_ERR_INVALID_ENUMERATION_CONTEXT
191CIM_ERR_INVALID_OPERATION_TIMEOUT CIM_ERR_INVALID_OPERATION_TIMEOUT
192CIM_ERR_PULL_HAS_BEEN_ABANDONED CIM_ERR_PULL_HAS_BEEN_ABANDONED
193CIM_ERR_PULL_CANNOT_BE_ABANDONED CIM_ERR_PULL_CANNOT_BE_ABANDONED
194CIM_ERR_FILTERED_ENUMERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED CIM_ERR_FILTERED_ENUMERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED
195CIM_ERR_CONTINUATION_ON_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED CIM_ERR_CONTINUATION_ON_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED
196CIM_ERR_SERVER_LIMITS_EXCEEDED CIM_ERR_SERVER_LIMITS_EXCEEDED
197CIM_ERR_SERVER_IS_SHUTTING_DOWN CIM_ERR_SERVER_IS_SHUTTING_DOWN
198CIM_ERR_QUERY_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED CIM_ERR_QUERY_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED
199A free-form string containing a human-readable description of CIMStatusCode. This description MAY extend, but MUST be consistent with, the definition of CIMStatusCode. A free-form string containing a human-readable description of CIMStatusCode. This description MAY extend, but MUST be consistent with, the definition of CIMStatusCode.
2002.22.1 2.22.1
201CIM_Error is a specialized class that contains information about the severity, cause, recommended actions and other data related to the failure of a CIM Operation. Instances of this type MAY be included as part of the response to a CIM Operation. CIM_Error is a specialized class that contains information about the severity, cause, recommended actions and other data related to the failure of a CIM Operation. Instances of this type MAY be included as part of the response to a CIM Operation.
202Provides extra status information about an extrinsic method's invocation Provides extra status information about an extrinsic method's invocation
203A system defined name for this storage job. A system defined name for this storage job.
204The Description property provides a textual description of the storage job operation. The Description property provides a textual description of the storage job operation.
205The time interval that the job has been executing or the total execution time if the storage job is complete. The time interval that the job has been executing or the total execution time if the storage job is complete.
206If the operation that this storage job was tracking has failed, the provider will set this with an error code defined by the method that invoked the operation. If this job tracked a background task, the error code can be set to any valid Storage Management error code as defined in the value map below. If there was no error, this property must be set to 0 - 'Success'. This property should be NULL until the operation has completed. If the operation that this storage job was tracking has failed, the provider will set this with an error code defined by the method that invoked the operation. If this job tracked a background task, the error code can be set to any valid Storage Management error code as defined in the value map below. If there was no error, this property must be set to 0 - 'Success'. This property should be NULL until the operation has completed.
207A free-form string that contains the vendor error description. A free-form string that contains the vendor error description.
208The current execution state of the storage job. The current execution state of the storage job.
209New New
210Starting Starting
211Running Running
212Suspended Suspended
213Shutting Down Shutting Down
214Completed Completed
215Terminated Terminated
216Killed Killed
217Exception Exception
218Service Service
219Query Pending Query Pending
220Microsoft Reserved Microsoft Reserved
221Vendor Reserved Vendor Reserved
222A free-form string that represents the status of the job. The primary status is reflected in the inherited OperationalStatus property. JobStatus provides additional, implementation-specific details. A free-form string that represents the status of the job. The primary status is reflected in the inherited OperationalStatus property. JobStatus provides additional, implementation-specific details.
223This property indicates whether the times represented in the StartTime, TimeOfLastStateChange, and TimeSubmitted properties represent local times or UTC times. Time values are synchronized worldwide by using the enumeration value 2 - 'UTC Time'. This property indicates whether the times represented in the StartTime, TimeOfLastStateChange, and TimeSubmitted properties represent local times or UTC times. Time values are synchronized worldwide by using the enumeration value 2 - 'UTC Time'.
224Local Time Local Time
225UTC Time UTC Time
226Indicates the current statuses of the element. Indicates the current statuses of the element.
227OK OK
228Degraded Degraded
229Stressed Stressed
230Predictive Failure Predictive Failure
231Error Error
232Non-Recoverable Error Non-Recoverable Error
233Stopping Stopping
234Stopped Stopped
235In Service In Service
236No Contact No Contact
237Lost Communication Lost Communication
238Aborted Aborted
239Dormant Dormant
240Supporting Entity in Error Supporting Entity in Error
241Power Mode Power Mode
242Relocating Relocating
243Strings describing the various OperationalStatus array values. For example, if "Stopping" is the value assigned to OperationalStatus, this property may contain an explanation as to why an object is being stopped. Note that entries in this array are correlated with those at the same array index in OperationalStatus. Strings describing the various OperationalStatus array values. For example, if "Stopping" is the value assigned to OperationalStatus, this property may contain an explanation as to why an object is being stopped. Note that entries in this array are correlated with those at the same array index in OperationalStatus.
244The percentage of the job that has completed at the time that this value is requested. The percentage of the job that has completed at the time that this value is requested.
245Percent Percent
246The time that the job was actually started. The time that the job was actually started.
247The amount of time that the Job is retained after it has finished executing, regardless of whether it failed during execution. The job must remain in existence for some period of time regardless of the value of the DeleteOnCompletion property.
The amount of time that the Job is retained after it has finished executing, regardless of whether it failed during execution. The job must remain in existence for some period of time regardless of the value of the DeleteOnCompletion property.
248The date or time when the state of the job last changed. If the state of the job has not changed and this property is populated, it must be set to a 0 interval value. If a state change was requested, but was rejected or not yet processed, the property must not be updated. The date or time when the state of the job last changed. If the state of the job has not changed and this property is populated, it must be set to a 0 interval value. If a state change was requested, but was rejected or not yet processed, the property must not be updated.
249The time that the job was submitted to execute. A value of all zeroes indicates that the owning element is not capable of reporting a date and time. The time that the job was submitted to execute. A value of all zeroes indicates that the owning element is not capable of reporting a date and time.
250If TRUE, the storage job will be automatically deleted after a short time interval. If TRUE, the storage job will be automatically deleted after a short time interval.
251If TRUE, this storage job represents an automated background task initiated by the storage subsystem. For all user / management initiated operations, this value should be set to FALSE. If TRUE, this storage job represents an automated background task initiated by the storage subsystem. For all user / management initiated operations, this value should be set to FALSE.
252Describes the recovery action to be taken for an unsuccessfully run job. The possible values are:
0 - 'Unknown' meaning it is unknown as to what recovery action to take
1 - 'Other' indicating that the recovery action will be specified in the OtherRecoveryAction property
2 - 'Do Not Continue' meaning stop the execution of the job and appropriately update its status
3 - 'Continue With Next Job' meaning continue with the next job in the queue
4 - 'Re-run Job' indicating that the job should be re-run
Describes the recovery action to be taken for an unsuccessfully run job. The possible values are:
0 - 'Unknown' meaning it is unknown as to what recovery action to take
1 - 'Other' indicating that the recovery action will be specified in the OtherRecoveryAction property
2 - 'Do Not Continue' meaning stop the execution of the job and appropriately update its status
3 - 'Continue With Next Job' meaning continue with the next job in the queue
4 - 'Re-run Job' indicating that the job should be re-run
253Do Not Continue Do Not Continue
254Continue With Next Job Continue With Next Job
255Re-run Job Re-run Job
256Denotes a vendor-specific recovery action to be taken for an unsuccessfully run job. This value should only be set if RecoveryAction is set to 1 - 'Other'. Denotes a vendor-specific recovery action to be taken for an unsuccessfully run job. This value should only be set if RecoveryAction is set to 1 - 'Other'.
257Requests that the state of the job be changed to the value specified in the RequestedState parameter. Invoking the RequestStateChange method multiple times could result in earlier requests being overwritten or lost. Requests that the state of the job be changed to the value specified in the RequestedState parameter. Invoking the RequestStateChange method multiple times could result in earlier requests being overwritten or lost.
258Success Success
259Not Supported Not Supported
260Unspecified Error Unspecified Error
261Failed Failed
262Invalid Parameter Invalid Parameter
263State transition started State transition started
264Invalid state transition Invalid state transition
265Access denied Access denied
266There are not enough resources to complete the operation. There are not enough resources to complete the operation.
267Cannot connect to the storage provider. Cannot connect to the storage provider.
268The storage provider cannot connect to the storage subsystem. The storage provider cannot connect to the storage subsystem.
269RequestStateChange changes the state of a job. The possible values are as follows:
2 - 'Start' changes the state to 'Running'.
3 - 'Suspend' stops the job temporarily. The intention is to subsequently restart the job with a second call to RequestStateChange requesting 1 - 'Start'. It might be possible to enter the 'Service' state while suspended. (This is job-specific.)
4 - 'Terminate' stops the job cleanly, saving data, preserving the state, and shutting down all underlying processes in an orderly manner.
5 - 'Kill' terminates the job immediately with no requirement to save data or preserve the state.
6 - 'Service' puts the job into a vendor-specific service state. It might be possible to restart the job.		 RequestStateChange changes the state of a job. The possible values are as follows:
2 - 'Start' changes the state to 'Running'.
3 - 'Suspend' stops the job temporarily. The intention is to subsequently restart the job with a second call to RequestStateChange requesting 1 - 'Start'. It might be possible to enter the 'Service' state while suspended. (This is job-specific.)
4 - 'Terminate' stops the job cleanly, saving data, preserving the state, and shutting down all underlying processes in an orderly manner.
5 - 'Kill' terminates the job immediately with no requirement to save data or preserve the state.
6 - 'Service' puts the job into a vendor-specific service state. It might be possible to restart the job.
270Start Start
271Suspend Suspend
272Terminate Terminate
273Kill Kill
274This method retrieves the extended status information for an unsuccessful job. This method retrieves the extended status information for an unsuccessful job.
275Storage jobs represent long running operations on a storage subsystem. These operations can either be user-initiated through the various management interfaces defined by this MOF, or automatically by intelligent storage subsystems. Storage jobs represent long running operations on a storage subsystem. These operations can either be user-initiated through the various management interfaces defined by this MOF, or automatically by intelligent storage subsystems.
276DeviceId is an address or other identifier that uniquely names the physical disk. DeviceId is an address or other identifier that uniquely names the physical disk.
278This field describes the intended usage of this physical disk within a concrete pool. Storage pools are required to follow the assigned policy for a physical disk.
1 - 'Auto-Select': This physical disk should only be used for data storage.
2 - 'Manual-Select': This physical disk should only be used if manually selected by an administrator at the time of virtual disk creation. A manual-select disk is selected using the PhysicalDisksToUse parameter to CreateVirtualDisk.
3 - 'Hot Spare': This physical disk should be used as a hot spare.
4 - 'Retired': This physical disk should be retired from use. At a minimum, no new allocations should go to this disk. If the virtual disks that reside on this disk are repaired, the data should be moved to another active physical disk.		 This field describes the intended usage of this physical disk within a concrete pool. Storage pools are required to follow the assigned policy for a physical disk.
1 - 'Auto-Select': This physical disk should only be used for data storage.
2 - 'Manual-Select': This physical disk should only be used if manually selected by an administrator at the time of virtual disk creation. A manual-select disk is selected using the PhysicalDisksToUse parameter to CreateVirtualDisk.
3 - 'Hot Spare': This physical disk should be used as a hot spare.
4 - 'Retired': This physical disk should be retired from use. At a minimum, no new allocations should go to this disk. If the virtual disks that reside on this disk are repaired, the data should be moved to another active physical disk.
279Auto-Select Auto-Select
280Manual-Select Manual-Select
281Hot Spare Hot Spare
282Retired Retired
283Journal Journal
284This field describes the supported usages of this physical disk. This field describes the supported usages of this physical disk.
289This field is a string representation of the physical disk's part number or SKU. This field is a string representation of the physical disk's part number or SKU.
290This field is a string representation of the physical disk's firmware version. This field is a string representation of the physical disk's firmware version.
291This field is a string representation of the physical disk's software version. This field is a string representation of the physical disk's software version.
293Failed Media Failed Media
294Split Split
295Stale Metadata Stale Metadata
296IO Error IO Error
297Unrecognized Metadata Unrecognized Metadata
298Healthy Healthy
299Warning Warning
300Unhealthy Unhealthy
301Indicates the total physical storage size of the disk in bytes Indicates the total physical storage size of the disk in bytes
302Bytes Bytes
303This field indicates the sum of used space on this physical disk. This should include usage from all storage pools and other data stored on the disk. This field indicates the sum of used space on this physical disk. This should include usage from all storage pools and other data stored on the disk.
304SCSI SCSI
305ATAPI ATAPI
306ATA ATA
3071394 1394
308SSA SSA
309Fibre Channel Fibre Channel
310USB USB
311RAID RAID
312iSCSI iSCSI
313SAS SAS
314SATA SATA
315SD SD
316MMC MMC
317Virtual Virtual
318File Backed Virtual File Backed Virtual
319Storage Spaces Storage Spaces
320This field indicates the physical sector size of the physical disk in bytes. For example: for 4K native and 512 emulated disks, the value should be 4096. This field indicates the physical sector size of the physical disk in bytes. For example: for 4K native and 512 emulated disks, the value should be 4096.
321This field indicates the logical sector size of the physical disk in bytes. For example: a 4K native disk should report 4096, while a 512 emulated disk should report 512. This field indicates the logical sector size of the physical disk in bytes. For example: a 4K native disk should report 4096, while a 512 emulated disk should report 512.
322RPM RPM
323Indicates whether the physical disk's identification LEDs are active or not. This is typically used in maintenance operations. Indicates whether the physical disk's identification LEDs are active or not. This is typically used in maintenance operations.
325Indicates the enclosure number in which the disk physically resides Indicates the enclosure number in which the disk physically resides
326Indicates the enclosure slot number in which the disk physically resides Indicates the enclosure slot number in which the disk physically resides
327Indicates whether this physical disk can be added to a concrete pool or not Indicates whether this physical disk can be added to a concrete pool or not
328Indicates the reason why this physical disk cannot be added to a concrete pool Indicates the reason why this physical disk cannot be added to a concrete pool
329In a Pool In a Pool
330Not Healthy Not Healthy
331Removable Media Removable Media
332In Use by Cluster In Use by Cluster
333Offline Offline
334Insufficient Capacity Insufficient Capacity
335Spare Disk Spare Disk
336Reserved by subsystem Reserved by subsystem
337If CannotPoolReason contains 1 - 'Other', this field contains the string representing the vendor defined reason why this physical disk cannot be added to a concrete pool. This property must be NULL if CannotPoolReason does not contain 1 - 'Other'. If CannotPoolReason contains 1 - 'Other', this field contains the string representing the vendor defined reason why this physical disk cannot be added to a concrete pool. This property must be NULL if CannotPoolReason does not contain 1 - 'Other'.
339Media type of this physical disk Media type of this physical disk
340HDD HDD
341SSD SSD
342This method allows a user to perform certain maintenance tasks on the physical disk. This method allows a user to perform certain maintenance tasks on the physical disk.
343The storage pool could not complete the operation because its health or operational status does not permit it. The storage pool could not complete the operation because its health or operational status does not permit it.
344The storage pool could not complete the operation because its configuration is read-only. The storage pool could not complete the operation because its configuration is read-only.
345If set to TRUE, this instructs the physical disk to enable its indication LED. The indication LED should remain enabled until a second call to Maintenance is made with this parameter specified as FALSE. If set to TRUE, this instructs the physical disk to enable its indication LED. The indication LED should remain enabled until a second call to Maintenance is made with this parameter specified as FALSE.
346ExtendedStatus allows the storage provider to return extended (implementation specific) error information. ExtendedStatus allows the storage provider to return extended (implementation specific) error information.
347This method resets the health and operational status of the physical disk. Exact behavior of this method is dependent on whether this physical disk belongs to a concrete pool.
If it is a member of a concrete pool, the health and operational statuses should be reset to 1 - 'Healthy', and 1 - 'OK', respectively. If any additional errors are detected after Reset, the health and operational statuses should reflect these new errors.
If the physical disk is not a member of a concrete pool, then this method should not only reset the health and operational statuses, but it should return the disk into a state where it is usable as storage for a concrete pool. For example: If a physical disk had become missing and then has reappeared (after it has been replaced) this physical disk is expected to be in the primordial pool only with an operational status indicating its data is either split or unrecognized. Calling Reset should clear the physical disk of any data, remove any remaining ties to its former concrete pool, and return the disk to a healthy, usable state.		 This method resets the health and operational status of the physical disk. Exact behavior of this method is dependent on whether this physical disk belongs to a concrete pool.
If it is a member of a concrete pool, the health and operational statuses should be reset to 1 - 'Healthy', and 1 - 'OK', respectively. If any additional errors are detected after Reset, the health and operational statuses should reflect these new errors.
If the physical disk is not a member of a concrete pool, then this method should not only reset the health and operational statuses, but it should return the disk into a state where it is usable as storage for a concrete pool. For example: If a physical disk had become missing and then has reappeared (after it has been replaced) this physical disk is expected to be in the primordial pool only with an operational status indicating its data is either split or unrecognized. Calling Reset should clear the physical disk of any data, remove any remaining ties to its former concrete pool, and return the disk to a healthy, usable state.
348This method allows the physical disk to be renamed. This method allows the physical disk to be renamed.
349This method allows the physical disk's description to be changed. This method allows the physical disk's description to be changed.
350This method allows the physical disk's usage to be updated. This method allows the physical disk's usage to be updated.
351This method allows the physical disk's attributes to be updated. This method allows the physical disk's attributes to be updated.
352A subsystem drive or spindle. A subsystem drive or spindle.
354Media type of this storage tier Media type of this storage tier
355Unspecified Unspecified
357A user settable description of the storage tier A user settable description of the storage tier
359This parameter controls the asynchronous behavior the method will follow.
If TRUE, this method will make use of the CreatedStorageJob out parameter when the request is taking a long time to service. If a storage job has been created to track the operation, this method will return 4096 - 'Method Parameters Checked - Job Started'. Note, even if RunAsJob is TRUE, the method can still return a result if it has finished in sufficient time.
If FALSE or NULL, this method will follow default WMI asynchronous behavior as determined by the client's method for invocation (i.e. synchronous unless requested otherwise).		 This parameter controls the asynchronous behavior the method will follow.
If TRUE, this method will make use of the CreatedStorageJob out parameter when the request is taking a long time to service. If a storage job has been created to track the operation, this method will return 4096 - 'Method Parameters Checked - Job Started'. Note, even if RunAsJob is TRUE, the method can still return a result if it has finished in sufficient time.
If FALSE or NULL, this method will follow default WMI asynchronous behavior as determined by the client's method for invocation (i.e. synchronous unless requested otherwise).
360If RunAsJob is set to TRUE and this method takes a while to execute, this parameter returns a reference to the storage job used to track the long running operation. If RunAsJob is set to TRUE and this method takes a while to execute, this parameter returns a reference to the storage job used to track the long running operation.
362Not enough available capacity Not enough available capacity
363This method allows the storage tier to be renamed. This method allows the storage tier to be renamed.
364This method allows the user to update or set various attributes on the storage tier. Note that not all parameters must be specified, and only those given will be updated. This method allows the user to update or set various attributes on the storage tier. Note that not all parameters must be specified, and only those given will be updated.
365This method allows the storage tier's description to be changed. This method allows the storage tier's description to be changed.
366This method returns the supported sizes for a new storage tier. These sizes can either be returned in an array of all supported sizes, through a min, max, and divisor, or both. This method returns the supported sizes for a new storage tier. These sizes can either be returned in an array of all supported sizes, through a min, max, and divisor, or both.
367Cache out of date Cache out of date
370This parameter denotes the minimum supported size that a tier created in this pool can be. This parameter denotes the minimum supported size that a tier created in this pool can be.
371This parameter denotes the maximum supported size that a tier created in this pool can be. This parameter denotes the maximum supported size that a tier created in this pool can be.
372This parameter indicates the interval in which the supported sizes increment. For example: If the minimum supported size is 10 GB, and this parameter is 2 GB, then the supported sizes for this pool would be 10 GB, 12 GB, 14 GB, etc. until the maximum supported size is reached. This parameter indicates the interval in which the supported sizes increment. For example: If the minimum supported size is 10 GB, and this parameter is 2 GB, then the supported sizes for this pool would be 10 GB, 12 GB, 14 GB, etc. until the maximum supported size is reached.
373A storage tier. A storage tier.
375Name is a semi-unique (scoped to the owning storage subsystem), human-readable string used to identify the virtual disk. Name is a semi-unique (scoped to the owning storage subsystem), human-readable string used to identify the virtual disk.
376VPD83NAA6 VPD83NAA6
377VPD83NAA5 VPD83NAA5
378VPD83Type2 VPD83Type2
379VPD83Type1 VPD83Type1
380VPD83Type0 VPD83Type0
381SNVM SNVM
382NodeWWN NodeWWN
383NAA NAA
384EUI64 EUI64
385T10VID T10VID
386UniqueIdFormat indicates the type of identifier used in the UniqueId field. The identifier used in UniqueId must be the highest available identifier using the following order of preference: 8 (highest), 3, 2, 1, 0 (lowest). For example: if the virtual disk device exposes identifiers of type 0, 1, and 3, UniqueId must be the identifier of type 3, and UniqueIdFormat should be set to 3. UniqueIdFormat indicates the type of identifier used in the UniqueId field. The identifier used in UniqueId must be the highest available identifier using the following order of preference: 8 (highest), 3, 2, 1, 0 (lowest). For example: if the virtual disk device exposes identifiers of type 0, 1, and 3, UniqueId must be the identifier of type 3, and UniqueIdFormat should be set to 3.
387Vendor Specific Vendor Specific
388Vendor Id Vendor Id
389FCPH Name FCPH Name
390SCSI Name String SCSI Name String
391Certain values for UniqueIdFormat may include various sub-formats. This field is a free-form string used to describe the specific format used in UniqueId. Certain values for UniqueIdFormat may include various sub-formats. This field is a free-form string used to describe the specific format used in UniqueId.
392This field indicates the intended usage for this virtual disk. This field indicates the intended usage for this virtual disk.
393Unrestricted Unrestricted
394Reserved for ComputerSystem (the block server) Reserved for ComputerSystem (the block server)
395Reserved by Replication Services Reserved by Replication Services
396Reserved by Migration Services Reserved by Migration Services
397Local Replica Source Local Replica Source
398Remote Replica Source Remote Replica Source
399Local Replica Target Local Replica Target
400Remote Replica Target Remote Replica Target
401Local Replica Source or Target Local Replica Source or Target
402Remote Replica Source or Target Remote Replica Source or Target
403Delta Replica Target Delta Replica Target
404Element Component Element Component
405Reserved as Pool Contributor Reserved as Pool Contributor
406Composite Volume Member Composite Volume Member
407Composite VirtualDisk Member Composite VirtualDisk Member
408Reserved for Sparing Reserved for Sparing
409If the virtual disk's Usage field is set to 1 - 'Other', this field must contain a description of the vendor or user defined usage. If Usage is not set to 1 - 'Other', this field must not be set. If the virtual disk's Usage field is set to 1 - 'Other', this field must contain a description of the vendor or user defined usage. If Usage is not set to 1 - 'Other', this field must not be set.
410Denotes the current health status of the virtual disk. Health of a virtual disk is derived from the health of the backing physical disks, and whether or not the virtual disk can maintain the required levels of resiliency.
0 - 'Healthy': All physical disks are present and in a healthy state.
1 - 'Warning': The majority of physical disks are healthy, but one or more may be failing I/O requests.
2 - 'Unhealthy': The majority of physical disks are unhealthy or in a failed state, and the virtual disk no longer has data integrity.		 Denotes the current health status of the virtual disk. Health of a virtual disk is derived from the health of the backing physical disks, and whether or not the virtual disk can maintain the required levels of resiliency.
0 - 'Healthy': All physical disks are present and in a healthy state.
1 - 'Warning': The majority of physical disks are healthy, but one or more may be failing I/O requests.
2 - 'Unhealthy': The majority of physical disks are unhealthy or in a failed state, and the virtual disk no longer has data integrity.
412Detached Detached
413Incomplete Incomplete
414If OperationalStatus contains 1 - 'Other', this field contains the string representing the vendor defined operational status. This property must be NULL if OperationalStatus does not contain 1 - 'Other'. If OperationalStatus contains 1 - 'Other', this field contains the string representing the vendor defined operational status. This property must be NULL if OperationalStatus does not contain 1 - 'Other'.
415The name of the resiliency setting used to create this virtual disk. The name of the resiliency setting used to create this virtual disk.
416The logical size of the virtual disk measured in bytes The logical size of the virtual disk measured in bytes
417The currently allocated size of the virtual disk. If the virtual disk's ProvisioningType is 2 - 'Fixed', this value should equal Size. If the ProvisioningType is 1 - 'Thin', this value is the amount of space actually allocated (i.e. some value less than Size). The currently allocated size of the virtual disk. If the virtual disk's ProvisioningType is 2 - 'Fixed', this value should equal Size. If the ProvisioningType is 1 - 'Thin', this value is the amount of space actually allocated (i.e. some value less than Size).
418This field indicates the total storage pool capacity being consumed by this virtual disk. For example: in the case of a 2-way mirrored virtual disk of size 1 GB, the footprint on the pool will be approximately 2 GB. This field indicates the total storage pool capacity being consumed by this virtual disk. For example: in the case of a 2-way mirrored virtual disk of size 1 GB, the footprint on the pool will be approximately 2 GB.
419Denotes the provisioning scheme of the virtual disk.
1 - 'Thin' indicates that the virtual disk's capacity is allocated on demand.
2 - 'Fixed' indicates that the virtual disk's capacity is fully allocated upon creation.		 Denotes the provisioning scheme of the virtual disk.
1 - 'Thin' indicates that the virtual disk's capacity is allocated on demand.
2 - 'Fixed' indicates that the virtual disk's capacity is fully allocated upon creation.
420Thin Thin
421Fixed Fixed
422This field indicates the number of complete data copies that are being maintained. For example, RAID 5 maintains 1 copy of data, whereas RAID 1 maintains at least 2 copies. This field indicates the number of complete data copies that are being maintained. For example, RAID 5 maintains 1 copy of data, whereas RAID 1 maintains at least 2 copies.
425Non-rotated Parity Non-rotated Parity
426Rotated Parity Rotated Parity
427This field indicates the number of underlying physical disks across which data for this virtual disk is striped. This field indicates the number of underlying physical disks across which data for this virtual disk is striped.
428This field indicates the number of bytes that will form a strip in common striping-based resiliency settings. The strip is defined as the size of the portion of a stripe that lies on one physical disk. Thus, Interleave * NumberOfColumns will yield the size of one stripe of user data. This field indicates the number of bytes that will form a strip in common striping-based resiliency settings. The strip is defined as the size of the portion of a stripe that lies on one physical disk. Thus, Interleave * NumberOfColumns will yield the size of one stripe of user data.
429Indicates whether the virtual disk is available for read and/or write access Indicates whether the virtual disk is available for read and/or write access
430Readable Readable
431Writeable Writeable
432Read/Write Read/Write
433Write Once Write Once
434Indicates whether this virtual disk is a snapshot of another virtual disk Indicates whether this virtual disk is a snapshot of another virtual disk
435If TRUE, this virtual disk will only be attached to the system if an explicit call is made to the Attach method. Note that this property is specific to Storage Spaces. If TRUE, this virtual disk will only be attached to the system if an explicit call is made to the Attach method. Note that this property is specific to Storage Spaces.
436Determines the current allocation behavior for this virtual disk. Enclosure aware virtual disks will intelligently pick the physical disks to use for their redundancy. If TRUE, the virtual disk will attempt to use physical disks from different enclosures to balance the fault tolerance between two (or more) physical enclosures. Determines the current allocation behavior for this virtual disk. Enclosure aware virtual disks will intelligently pick the physical disks to use for their redundancy. If TRUE, the virtual disk will attempt to use physical disks from different enclosures to balance the fault tolerance between two (or more) physical enclosures.
437Denotes the reason why this virtual disk is detached. This field will only be set when the virtual disk's OperationalStatus includes 0xD002 - 'Detached'. Note that this field is specific to Storage Spaces. Denotes the reason why this virtual disk is detached. This field will only be set when the virtual disk's OperationalStatus includes 0xD002 - 'Detached'. Note that this field is specific to Storage Spaces.
438None None
439By Policy By Policy
440Majority Disks Unhealthy Majority Disks Unhealthy
442This method deletes the virtual disk. After this method is called, the space used by the virtual disk will be reclaimed and the user will be unable to reverse the delete operation. This method deletes the virtual disk. After this method is called, the space used by the virtual disk will be reclaimed and the user will be unable to reverse the delete operation.
443Method Parameters Checked - Job Started Method Parameters Checked - Job Started
444The virtual disk could not complete the operation because another computer controls its configuration. The virtual disk could not complete the operation because another computer controls its configuration.
445This method shows a virtual disk to an initiator. This operation is also known as 'exposing' or 'unmasking' a virtual disk. This method shows a virtual disk to an initiator. This operation is also known as 'exposing' or 'unmasking' a virtual disk.
446The HostType requested is not supported. The HostType requested is not supported.
447The initiator address specified is not valid The initiator address specified is not valid
448The target port address specified is not valid. The target port address specified is not valid.
449An array of target port addresses from which the virtual disk should be shown An array of target port addresses from which the virtual disk should be shown
450The address of the initiator to which the virtual disk should be shown The address of the initiator to which the virtual disk should be shown
451This field indicates the operating system type running on the host of the initiator port. This field indicates the operating system type running on the host of the initiator port.
452Standard Standard
453Solaris Solaris
454HPUX HPUX
455OpenVMS OpenVMS
456Tru64 Tru64
457Netware Netware
458Sequent Sequent
459AIX AIX
460DGUX DGUX
461Dynix Dynix
462Irix Irix
463Cisco iSCSI Storage Router Cisco iSCSI Storage Router
464Linux Linux
465Microsoft Windows Microsoft Windows
466OS400 OS400
467TRESPASS TRESPASS
468HI-UX HI-UX
469VMware ESXi VMware ESXi
470Microsoft Windows Server 2008 Microsoft Windows Server 2008
471Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Microsoft Windows Server 2003
472This method hides a virtual disk from an initiator. This operation is also known as 'unexposing' or 'masking' a virtual disk. This method hides a virtual disk from an initiator. This operation is also known as 'unexposing' or 'masking' a virtual disk.
473An array of target port addresses from which the virtual disk should be hidden. Note: this array may contain a subset of the addresses originally given in Show. An array of target port addresses from which the virtual disk should be hidden. Note: this array may contain a subset of the addresses originally given in Show.
474The address of the initiator to which the virtual disk should be hidden The address of the initiator to which the virtual disk should be hidden
475This method creates a point in time snapshot of the virtual disk. This method creates a point in time snapshot of the virtual disk.
476This operation is not supported on primordial storage pools. This operation is not supported on primordial storage pools.
477The storage pool is reserved for special usage only. The storage pool is reserved for special usage only.
478The specified storage pool could not be found. The specified storage pool could not be found.
479The desired name of the snapshot virtual disk The desired name of the snapshot virtual disk
480This field indicates which storage pool should be used to hold the created snapshot. If this field is not set, this method will default to using the same storage pool that contains the source virtual disk. This field indicates which storage pool should be used to hold the created snapshot. If this field is not set, this method will default to using the same storage pool that contains the source virtual disk.
481This method creates a clone of the virtual disk, resulting in another virtual disk with identical data to the source. This method creates a clone of the virtual disk, resulting in another virtual disk with identical data to the source.
482The desired name of the virtual disk clone The desired name of the virtual disk clone
483This field indicates which storage pool should be used to hold the created clone. If this field is not set, this method will default to using the same storage pool that contains the source virtual disk. This field indicates which storage pool should be used to hold the created clone. If this field is not set, this method will default to using the same storage pool that contains the source virtual disk.
484This method allows a virtual disk to be resized. The size specified must be in the range of valid values given by the GetSupportedSize method on the storage pool object. This method allows a virtual disk to be resized. The size specified must be in the range of valid values given by the GetSupportedSize method on the storage pool object.
485In Use In Use
486Size Not Supported Size Not Supported
487The virtual disk could not complete the operation because its health or operational status does not permit it. The virtual disk could not complete the operation because its health or operational status does not permit it.
488As input, this parameter contains the requested size for the virtual disk to become. As output, this parameter contains the size that was actually achieved after the resize operation. As input, this parameter contains the requested size for the virtual disk to become. As output, this parameter contains the size that was actually achieved after the resize operation.
489This method initiates a repair of the virtual disk - restoring data and redundancy to different (or new) physical disks within the storage pool. This method initiates a repair of the virtual disk - restoring data and redundancy to different (or new) physical disks within the storage pool.
490There is not enough redundancy remaining to repair the virtual disk. There is not enough redundancy remaining to repair the virtual disk.
491This method returns the security descriptor that controls access to this specific object instance. This method returns the security descriptor that controls access to this specific object instance.
492A Security Descriptor Definition Language (SDDL) formed string describing the access control list of the object. A Security Descriptor Definition Language (SDDL) formed string describing the access control list of the object.
493This method allows a user with sufficient privileges to set the security descriptor that control access to this specific object instance. If the call is not made in the context of a user specified in the security descriptor's access control list, this method will fail with 40001 - 'Access Denied'. If an empty security descriptor is passed to this function, the behavior is left to the specific implementation so long as there is some user context (typically domain administrators) that can access and administer the object. This method allows a user with sufficient privileges to set the security descriptor that control access to this specific object instance. If the call is not made in the context of a user specified in the security descriptor's access control list, this method will fail with 40001 - 'Access Denied'. If an empty security descriptor is passed to this function, the behavior is left to the specific implementation so long as there is some user context (typically domain administrators) that can access and administer the object.
494A Security Descriptor Definition Language (SDDL) formed string describing the desired access control list for this object. A Security Descriptor Definition Language (SDDL) formed string describing the desired access control list for this object.
495This method allows the virtual disk to be renamed. This method allows the virtual disk to be renamed.
496This method allows the virtual disk's intended usage to be updated. Not all virtual disks may allow this and will return 1 - 'Not Supported' if this operation cannot be performed. This method allows the virtual disk's intended usage to be updated. Not all virtual disks may allow this and will return 1 - 'Not Supported' if this operation cannot be performed.
497If Usage is set to 1 - 'Other', this parameter takes in the string representation of a vendor defined usage for this virtual disk. This parameter must not be set if Usage is a value other than 1 - 'Other'. If Usage is set to 1 - 'Other', this parameter takes in the string representation of a vendor defined usage for this virtual disk. This parameter must not be set if Usage is a value other than 1 - 'Other'.
498This method allows the user to update or set various attributes on the virtual disk. Note that not all parameters must be specified, and only those given will be updated. This method allows the user to update or set various attributes on the virtual disk. Note that not all parameters must be specified, and only those given will be updated.
500The value for WriteCacheSize is outside of the supported range of values. The value for WriteCacheSize is outside of the supported range of values.
501Attaches a Storage Spaces based virtual disk to the system. This operation is similar to Show and Hide, however there is no need for target and initiator configuration since everything is done locally. Depending on the system's NewDiskPolicy (formerly SAN policy), a Storage Space may need to be Attached before it can be used. Attaches a Storage Spaces based virtual disk to the system. This operation is similar to Show and Hide, however there is no need for target and initiator configuration since everything is done locally. Depending on the system's NewDiskPolicy (formerly SAN policy), a Storage Space may need to be Attached before it can be used.
502Detaches a Storage Spaces based virtual disk from the system. This operation is similar to Hide, however there is no need for target and initiator configuration since everything is done locally. Detaching a Storage Space will result in it's corresponding disk object to be suprise removed from the system. Note that detaching can happen in response to certain failure and warning conditions (such as failing redundancy, or thin provisioning capacity limits being reached). Detaches a Storage Spaces based virtual disk from the system. This operation is similar to Hide, however there is no need for target and initiator configuration since everything is done locally. Detaching a Storage Space will result in it's corresponding disk object to be suprise removed from the system. Note that detaching can happen in response to certain failure and warning conditions (such as failing redundancy, or thin provisioning capacity limits being reached).
503The virtual disk could not complete the operation because its Manual Attach status does not permit it. The virtual disk could not complete the operation because its Manual Attach status does not permit it.
510A subsystem storage volume. A subsystem storage volume.
545Drive letter assigned to the volume. Drive letter assigned to the volume.
546Guid path of the volume. Guid path of the volume.
548Scan Needed Scan Needed
549Spot Fix Needed Spot Fix Needed
550Full Repair Needed Full Repair Needed
551File system on the volume. File system on the volume.
552File system label of the volume. File system label of the volume.
553Total size of the volume Total size of the volume
554Available space on the volume Available space on the volume
555Denotes the type of the volume. Denotes the type of the volume.
556Invalid Root Path Invalid Root Path
557Removable Removable
558Remote Remote
559CD-ROM CD-ROM
560RAM Disk RAM Disk
561Format Format
562This command is not supported on x86 running in x64 environment This command is not supported on x86 running in x64 environment
563Access Denied Access Denied
565The specified cluster size is invalid The specified cluster size is invalid
566The specified file system is not supported The specified file system is not supported
567The volume cannot be quick formatted The volume cannot be quick formatted
568The number of clusters exceeds 32 bits The number of clusters exceeds 32 bits
569The specified UDF version is not supported The specified UDF version is not supported
570The cluster size must be a multiple of the disk's physical sector size The cluster size must be a multiple of the disk's physical sector size
571Cannot perform the requested operation when the drive is read only Cannot perform the requested operation when the drive is read only
572Repair Repair
573The repair failed The repair failed
574The scan failed The scan failed
578Cannot open drive for direct access Cannot open drive for direct access
579Cannot determine the file system of the drive Cannot determine the file system of the drive
580Optimize Optimize
581SetFileSystemLabel SetFileSystemLabel
582GetSupportedFileSystems GetSupportedFileSystems
583GetSupportedClusterSizes GetSupportedClusterSizes
584Gets the volume attributes Gets the volume attributes
586Sets the volume attributes Sets the volume attributes
587This setting may not be changed due to the group policy setting This setting may not be changed due to the group policy setting
588This setting may not be changed due to the global registry setting This setting may not be changed due to the global registry setting
593Represents a volume on the system. Represents a volume on the system.
594A user-friendly string representing the name of the storage pool. Friendly name can be set using the SetFriendlyName method. A user-friendly string representing the name of the storage pool. Friendly name can be set using the SetFriendlyName method.
595Name is a semi-unique (scoped to the owning storage subsystem), human-readable string used to identify a storage pool. Name is a semi-unique (scoped to the owning storage subsystem), human-readable string used to identify a storage pool.
596Denotes the intended usage of the storage pool. Denotes the intended usage of the storage pool.
597Reserved as a Delta Replica Container Reserved as a Delta Replica Container
598Reserved for Migration Services Reserved for Migration Services
599Reserved for Local Replication Services Reserved for Local Replication Services
600Reserved for Remote Replication Services Reserved for Remote Replication Services
601If Usage is set to 1 - 'Other', this field contains the string representation of the vendor defined usage for the storage pool. This property must be NULL if Usage is not set to 1 - 'Other'. If Usage is set to 1 - 'Other', this field contains the string representation of the vendor defined usage for the storage pool. This property must be NULL if Usage is not set to 1 - 'Other'.
602If this field is set to TRUE, the storage pool is primordial. A primordial pool, also known as the 'available storage' pool is where storage capacity is drawn and returned in the creation and deletion of concrete storage pools. Primordial pools cannot be created or deleted.
If this field is set to FALSE, the storage pool is a concrete pool. These pools are subject to all of the management operations defined on the storage pool class. This includes creation, deletion, creation of virtual disks, etc.		 If this field is set to TRUE, the storage pool is primordial. A primordial pool, also known as the 'available storage' pool is where storage capacity is drawn and returned in the creation and deletion of concrete storage pools. Primordial pools cannot be created or deleted.
If this field is set to FALSE, the storage pool is a concrete pool. These pools are subject to all of the management operations defined on the storage pool class. This includes creation, deletion, creation of virtual disks, etc.
603Denotes the current health status of the storage pool. Health of a storage pool is derived from the health of the backing physical disks, and whether or not the storage pool can maintain the required levels of resiliency.
0 - 'Healthy': All physical disks are present and in a healthy state.
1 - 'Warning': The majority of physical disks are healthy, but one or more may be failing I/O requests.
2 - 'Unhealthy': The majority of physical disks are unhealthy or in a failed state, and the pool no longer has data integrity.		 Denotes the current health status of the storage pool. Health of a storage pool is derived from the health of the backing physical disks, and whether or not the storage pool can maintain the required levels of resiliency.
0 - 'Healthy': All physical disks are present and in a healthy state.
1 - 'Warning': The majority of physical disks are healthy, but one or more may be failing I/O requests.
2 - 'Unhealthy': The majority of physical disks are unhealthy or in a failed state, and the pool no longer has data integrity.
604Indicates the current operating conditions of the storage pool. Unlike HealthStatus, this field indicates the status of hardware, software, and infrastructure issues related to this storage pool, and can contain multiple values. Various operational statuses are defined. Many of the enumeration's values are self-explanatory. However, a few are not and are described here in more detail.
4 - 'Stressed': indicates that the storage pool is functioning, but needs attention. Examples of 'Stressed' states are overload, overheated, and so on.
5 - 'Predictive Failure': indicates that the storage pool is functioning nominally but predicting a failure in the near future.
11 - 'In Service': describes a storage pool being configured, maintained, or otherwise administered.
12 - 'No Contact': indicates that the storage provider has knowledge of this storage pool, but has never been able to establish communications with it.
13 - 'Lost Communication': indicates that the storage pool is known to exist and has been contacted successfully in the past, but is currently unreachable.
10 - 'Stopped' and 14 - 'Aborted' are similar, although the former implies a clean and orderly stop, while the latter implies an abrupt stop where the state and configuration of the storage pool might need to be updated.
15 - 'Dormant': indicates that the storage pool is inactive.
16 - 'Supporting Entity in Error': indicates that this storage pool might be OK, but that another element, on which it is dependent, is in error.
Indicates the current operating conditions of the storage pool. Unlike HealthStatus, this field indicates the status of hardware, software, and infrastructure issues related to this storage pool, and can contain multiple values. Various operational statuses are defined. Many of the enumeration's values are self-explanatory. However, a few are not and are described here in more detail.
4 - 'Stressed': indicates that the storage pool is functioning, but needs attention. Examples of 'Stressed' states are overload, overheated, and so on.
5 - 'Predictive Failure': indicates that the storage pool is functioning nominally but predicting a failure in the near future.
11 - 'In Service': describes a storage pool being configured, maintained, or otherwise administered.
12 - 'No Contact': indicates that the storage provider has knowledge of this storage pool, but has never been able to establish communications with it.
13 - 'Lost Communication': indicates that the storage pool is known to exist and has been contacted successfully in the past, but is currently unreachable.
10 - 'Stopped' and 14 - 'Aborted' are similar, although the former implies a clean and orderly stop, while the latter implies an abrupt stop where the state and configuration of the storage pool might need to be updated.
15 - 'Dormant': indicates that the storage pool is inactive.
16 - 'Supporting Entity in Error': indicates that this storage pool might be OK, but that another element, on which it is dependent, is in error.
605Read-only Read-only
606A string representation of the vendor defined operational status. This field should only be set if the OperationalStatus array contains 1 - 'Other'. A string representation of the vendor defined operational status. This field should only be set if the OperationalStatus array contains 1 - 'Other'.
607Indicates the capacity of the storage pool. If the pool is primordial, this is the sum of all the healthy physical disk sizes. If the pool is concrete, this is the sum of all associated physical disks (except hot-spares, and including failed drives). Indicates the capacity of the storage pool. If the pool is primordial, this is the sum of all the healthy physical disk sizes. If the pool is concrete, this is the sum of all associated physical disks (except hot-spares, and including failed drives).
608Indicates the total sum of all the capacity used by this storage pool. If the pool is primordial, this will be the sum of all capacity currently allocated to concrete storage pools. If the pool is concrete, this value should be the sum of all capacity currently allocated to virtual disks and other pool metadata. Indicates the total sum of all the capacity used by this storage pool. If the pool is primordial, this will be the sum of all capacity currently allocated to concrete storage pools. If the pool is concrete, this value should be the sum of all capacity currently allocated to virtual disks and other pool metadata.
609This field indicates the logical sector size of the storage pool, in bytes. This value is derived from the backing physical disks, as well as the preference specified at the time this storage pool was created. This field indicates the logical sector size of the storage pool, in bytes. This value is derived from the backing physical disks, as well as the preference specified at the time this storage pool was created.
610This field indicates the physical sector size of the storage pool, in bytes. This value is derived from the backing physical disks for this storage pool. This field indicates the physical sector size of the storage pool, in bytes. This value is derived from the backing physical disks for this storage pool.
612Denotes the provisioning schemes that this storage pool supports. Denotes the provisioning schemes that this storage pool supports.
613Indicates the default resiliency setting used for virtual disk creation. This default can be overridden at the time of virtual disk creation. This property's value should correspond to the resiliency setting's Name field. Indicates the default resiliency setting used for virtual disk creation. This default can be overridden at the time of virtual disk creation. This property's value should correspond to the resiliency setting's Name field.
614Indicates whether or not the storage pool's configuration is read-only. If TRUE, the storage pool will not allow configuration changes to itself or any of its virtual and physical disks. Note that the data on the virtual disk may still be writable. Indicates whether or not the storage pool's configuration is read-only. If TRUE, the storage pool will not allow configuration changes to itself or any of its virtual and physical disks. Note that the data on the virtual disk may still be writable.
616Indicates whether or not the storage pool is used in a clustered environment. Indicates whether or not the storage pool is used in a clustered environment.
617If TRUE, this storage pool supports data deduplication. If TRUE, this storage pool supports data deduplication.
618Percentages at which an alert should be generated Percentages at which an alert should be generated
619Percentage Percentage
620If TRUE, the storage pool should clear (zero out) physical disks that are removed from the pool. If TRUE, the storage pool should clear (zero out) physical disks that are removed from the pool.
621This property indicates whether the disks comprising this pool are able to tolerate power loss without data loss, e.g. automatically flush volatile buffers to non-volatile media after external power is disconnected. This property indicates whether the disks comprising this pool are able to tolerate power loss without data loss, e.g. automatically flush volatile buffers to non-volatile media after external power is disconnected.
622Determines the default allocation behavior for virtual disks created in this pool. Enclosure aware virtual disks will intelligently pick the physical disks to use for their redundancy. If TRUE, the storage subsystem will use physical disks from different enclosures to balance the fault tolerance between two (or more) physical enclosures. Determines the default allocation behavior for virtual disks created in this pool. Enclosure aware virtual disks will intelligently pick the physical disks to use for their redundancy. If TRUE, the storage subsystem will use physical disks from different enclosures to balance the fault tolerance between two (or more) physical enclosures.
623If TRUE, the storage subsystem will automatically retire missing physical disks in this storage pool and replace them with hot-spares or other available physical disks (in the storage pool). If TRUE, the storage subsystem will automatically retire missing physical disks in this storage pool and replace them with hot-spares or other available physical disks (in the storage pool).
624Auto Auto
625Always Always
626Never Never
632Default size of write cache for virtual disk creation Default size of write cache for virtual disk creation
633Minimum size of write cache for virtual disk creation Minimum size of write cache for virtual disk creation
634Maximum size of write cache for virtual disk creation Maximum size of write cache for virtual disk creation
636You must specify a size by using either the Size or the UseMaximumSize parameter. You can specify only one of these parameters at a time. You must specify a size by using either the Size or the UseMaximumSize parameter. You can specify only one of these parameters at a time.
637The specified resiliency setting is not supported by this storage pool. The specified resiliency setting is not supported by this storage pool.
638There are not enough eligible physical disks in the storage pool to create the specified virtual disk configuration. There are not enough eligible physical disks in the storage pool to create the specified virtual disk configuration.
639No resiliency setting with that name exists. No resiliency setting with that name exists.
640The value for NoSinglePointOfFailure is not supported. The value for NoSinglePointOfFailure is not supported.
641The value for PhysicalDiskRedundancy is outside of the supported range of values. The value for PhysicalDiskRedundancy is outside of the supported range of values.
642The value for NumberOfDataCopies is outside of the supported range of values. The value for NumberOfDataCopies is outside of the supported range of values.
643The value for ParityLayout is outside of the supported range of values. The value for ParityLayout is outside of the supported range of values.
644The value for Interleave is outside of the supported range of values. The value for Interleave is outside of the supported range of values.
645The value for NumberOfColumns is outside of the supported range of values. The value for NumberOfColumns is outside of the supported range of values.
646Not enough physical disks were specified to successfully complete the operation. Not enough physical disks were specified to successfully complete the operation.
647This parameter allows the user to specify the FriendlyName at the time of the virtual disk creation. FriendlyNames are expected to be descriptive, however they are not required to be unique. Note that some storage subsystems do not allow setting a friendly name during virtual disk creation. If a subsystem doesn't support this, virtual disk creation should still succeed, however the disk may have a different name assigned to it. This parameter allows the user to specify the FriendlyName at the time of the virtual disk creation. FriendlyNames are expected to be descriptive, however they are not required to be unique. Note that some storage subsystems do not allow setting a friendly name during virtual disk creation. If a subsystem doesn't support this, virtual disk creation should still succeed, however the disk may have a different name assigned to it.
648Indicates the size for the virtual disk. Note that some storage subsystems will round the size up or down to a multiple of its allocation unit size. This parameter cannot be used if UseMaximumSize is set to TRUE. Indicates the size for the virtual disk. Note that some storage subsystems will round the size up or down to a multiple of its allocation unit size. This parameter cannot be used if UseMaximumSize is set to TRUE.
649UseMaximumSize instructs the storage array to create the largest possible virtual disk given the available resources of this storage pool. This parameter cannot be used if the Size parameter is set. UseMaximumSize instructs the storage array to create the largest possible virtual disk given the available resources of this storage pool. This parameter cannot be used if the Size parameter is set.
650Denotes the provisioning type of the virtual disk.
1 - 'Thin': The storage for the virtual disk is allocated on-demand.
2 - 'Fixed': The storage for the virtual disk is allocated up front.		 Denotes the provisioning type of the virtual disk.
1 - 'Thin': The storage for the virtual disk is allocated on-demand.
2 - 'Fixed': The storage for the virtual disk is allocated up front.
651This parameter specifies the resiliency setting to use as a template for this virtual disk. This property's value should correspond with the particular resiliency setting instance's Name property. Only resiliency settings associated with this storage pool may be used. This parameter specifies the resiliency setting to use as a template for this virtual disk. This property's value should correspond with the particular resiliency setting instance's Name property. Only resiliency settings associated with this storage pool may be used.
652Denotes the intended usage of the virtual disk Denotes the intended usage of the virtual disk
653Allows a user to set a vendor specific usage for the new virtual disk object. This parameter can only be specified if the Usage parameter is set to 1 - 'Other'. Allows a user to set a vendor specific usage for the new virtual disk object. This parameter can only be specified if the Usage parameter is set to 1 - 'Other'.
655Specifies how many physical disk failures the virtual disk should be able to withstand before data loss occurs. If specified, this value will override the PhysicalDiskRedundancyDefault which would have been inherited from the resiliency setting specified by ResiliencySettingName. Specifies how many physical disk failures the virtual disk should be able to withstand before data loss occurs. If specified, this value will override the PhysicalDiskRedundancyDefault which would have been inherited from the resiliency setting specified by ResiliencySettingName.
657If TRUE, this field instructs the storage provider (or subsystem) to automatically pick what it determines to be the best number of columns for the virtual disk. If this field is TRUE, then the NumberOfColumns parameter must be NULL. If TRUE, this field instructs the storage provider (or subsystem) to automatically pick what it determines to be the best number of columns for the virtual disk. If this field is TRUE, then the NumberOfColumns parameter must be NULL.
659Determines the allocation behavior for this virtual disk. Enclosure aware virtual disks will intelligently pick the physical disks to use for their redundancy. If TRUE, the virtual disk will attempt to use physical disks from different enclosures to balance the fault tolerance between two (or more) physical enclosures. Determines the allocation behavior for this virtual disk. Enclosure aware virtual disks will intelligently pick the physical disks to use for their redundancy. If TRUE, the virtual disk will attempt to use physical disks from different enclosures to balance the fault tolerance between two (or more) physical enclosures.
660If specified, allocation of this virtual disk's storage is limited to the physical disks in the list. These physical disks must already be added to this storage pool. If specified, allocation of this virtual disk's storage is limited to the physical disks in the list. These physical disks must already be added to this storage pool.
661Storage tiers on this virtual disk Storage tiers on this virtual disk
662Sizes of each tier Sizes of each tier
663Size of write cache on the virtual disk Size of write cache on the virtual disk
664Indicates if provider should pick up the auto write cache size or not Indicates if provider should pick up the auto write cache size or not
666This method creates a virtual disk and single volume using the resources of the storage pool. This method creates a virtual disk and single volume using the resources of the storage pool.
668Indicates the size for the virtual disk. Note that some storage subsystems will round the size up or down to a multiple of its allocation unit size. The size of the resulting volume will be the maximum size possible for the resulting virtual disk. Indicates the size for the virtual disk. Note that some storage subsystems will round the size up or down to a multiple of its allocation unit size. The size of the resulting volume will be the maximum size possible for the resulting virtual disk.
669Denotes the provisioning type of the volume.
1 - 'Thin': The storage for the volume is allocated on-demand.
2 - 'Fixed': The storage for the volume is allocated up front.		 Denotes the provisioning type of the volume.
1 - 'Thin': The storage for the volume is allocated on-demand.
2 - 'Fixed': The storage for the volume is allocated up front.
670This parameter specifies the resiliency setting to use as a template for this volume. This property's value should correspond with the particular resiliency setting instance's Name property. Only resiliency settings associated with this storage pool may be used. This parameter specifies the resiliency setting to use as a template for this volume. This property's value should correspond with the particular resiliency setting instance's Name property. Only resiliency settings associated with this storage pool may be used.
674FAT16 FAT16
675FAT32 FAT32
683NTFS NTFS
684ReFS ReFS
685CSVFS_NTFS CSVFS_NTFS
686CSVFS_ReFS CSVFS_ReFS
690Friendly name of the storage tier Friendly name of the storage tier
691Media type of the storage tier Media type of the storage tier
692Description of the storage tier Description of the storage tier
693This method deletes an empty storage pool. If the storage pool contains any virtual disks, these virtual disks should be removed first. This method deletes an empty storage pool. If the storage pool contains any virtual disks, these virtual disks should be removed first.
694The storage pool contains virtual disks. The storage pool contains virtual disks.
697This method removes one or more physical disks from the pool and returns all previously allocated space on the disk to the available capacity in the primordial pool. This method removes one or more physical disks from the pool and returns all previously allocated space on the disk to the available capacity in the primordial pool.
698This method returns the supported sizes for a virtual disk created on this storage pool. These sizes can either be returned in an array of all supported sizes, through a min, max, and divisor, or both. This method returns the supported sizes for a virtual disk created on this storage pool. These sizes can either be returned in an array of all supported sizes, through a min, max, and divisor, or both.
700This parameter denotes the minimum supported size that a virtual disk created in this pool can be. This parameter denotes the minimum supported size that a virtual disk created in this pool can be.
701This parameter denotes the maximum supported size that a virtual disk created in this pool can be. This parameter denotes the maximum supported size that a virtual disk created in this pool can be.
702This method allows the storage pool to be renamed. This method allows the storage pool to be renamed.
703This method allows the storage pool's intended usage to be updated. Not all storage pools may allow this and will return 1 - 'Not Supported' if this operation cannot be performed. This method allows the storage pool's intended usage to be updated. Not all storage pools may allow this and will return 1 - 'Not Supported' if this operation cannot be performed.
704Denotes the new intended usage of the storage pool. Denotes the new intended usage of the storage pool.
705If Usage is set to 1 - 'Other', this parameter takes in the string representation of a vendor defined usage for this storage pool. This parameter must not be set if Usage is a value other than 1 - 'Other'. If Usage is set to 1 - 'Other', this parameter takes in the string representation of a vendor defined usage for this storage pool. This parameter must not be set if Usage is a value other than 1 - 'Other'.
706This method allows the user to update or set various defaults on the storage pool. Note that not all parameters must be specified, and only those given will be updated. This method allows the user to update or set various defaults on the storage pool. Note that not all parameters must be specified, and only those given will be updated.
707Specifies the new default provisioning type of the storage pool. Specifies the new default provisioning type of the storage pool.
708Specifies the new default resiliency setting that should be used by this storage pool. The resiliency setting specified must already be associated with this storage pool. Specifies the new default resiliency setting that should be used by this storage pool. The resiliency setting specified must already be associated with this storage pool.
709This parameter indicates the default allocation policy for virtual disks created in an enclosure aware storage pool. For example, an enclosure aware subsystem could balance each data copy of the virtual disk across multiple physical enclosures such that each enclosure contains a full data copy of the virtual disk. This parameter indicates the default allocation policy for virtual disks created in an enclosure aware storage pool. For example, an enclosure aware subsystem could balance each data copy of the virtual disk across multiple physical enclosures such that each enclosure contains a full data copy of the virtual disk.
710New default size of write cache for virtual disk creation New default size of write cache for virtual disk creation
711This method allows the user to update or set various attributes on the storage pool. Note that not all parameters must be specified, and only those given will be updated. This method allows the user to update or set various attributes on the storage pool. Note that not all parameters must be specified, and only those given will be updated.
712The number of thin provisioning alert thresholds specified exceeds the limit for this storage pool. The number of thin provisioning alert thresholds specified exceeds the limit for this storage pool.
713Represents a logical grouping of physical disks that may be used to create virtual disks. These virtual disks can be created with different characteristics and levels of resiliency based on the number of available physical disks and the capabilities of the storage pool. Represents a logical grouping of physical disks that may be used to create virtual disks. These virtual disks can be created with different characteristics and levels of resiliency based on the number of available physical disks and the capabilities of the storage pool.
714FriendlyName is a user-friendly name of the masking set. It is specified during the creation of the masking set, and can be changed using the SetFriendlyName method. FriendlyName is a user-friendly name of the masking set. It is specified during the creation of the masking set, and can be changed using the SetFriendlyName method.
715Name is a user-friendly system defined name for the masking set. Name is unique within the scope of the owning storage subsystem. Name is a user-friendly system defined name for the masking set. Name is unique within the scope of the owning storage subsystem.
716This field specifies the operating system, version, driver, and other host environment factors that influence the behavior exposed by the storage subsystem. This field specifies the operating system, version, driver, and other host environment factors that influence the behavior exposed by the storage subsystem.
717This method adds an initiator to the masking set. All virtual disks in the masking set will be accessible (shown) to these initiators. This method adds an initiator to the masking set. All virtual disks in the masking set will be accessible (shown) to these initiators.
718Only one initiator address is acceptable for this operation. Only one initiator address is acceptable for this operation.
719This parameter is an array of initiator addresses. For each address contained in this array, a corresponding initiator ID instance should be created and then associated with this masking set. This parameter is an array of initiator addresses. For each address contained in this array, a corresponding initiator ID instance should be created and then associated with this masking set.
720This method removes one or more initiator ids from the masking set. Note that the initiator id instances themselves should not be deleted from the system. This method removes one or more initiator ids from the masking set. Note that the initiator id instances themselves should not be deleted from the system.
721This method adds one or more target ports to the masking set. This method adds one or more target ports to the masking set.
722This method removes one or more target ports from the masking set. This method removes one or more target ports from the masking set.
723This method adds a virtual disk to the masking set, allowing it to be shown to the initiators contained in the set. This method adds a virtual disk to the masking set, allowing it to be shown to the initiators contained in the set.
724The specified virtual disk could not be found. The specified virtual disk could not be found.
725The device number specified is not valid. The device number specified is not valid.
726DeviceAccess must be specified for each virtual disk. DeviceAccess must be specified for each virtual disk.
727Read Write Read Write
728Read-Only Read-Only
729No Access No Access
730This method removes a virtual disk from the masking set. Once removed, this virtual disk will no longer be shown to the initiators contained in this masking set. This method removes a virtual disk from the masking set. Once removed, this virtual disk will no longer be shown to the initiators contained in this masking set.
731This method deletes the masking set instance. This method deletes the masking set instance.
732This method allows the FriendlyName to be set. This method allows the FriendlyName to be set.
733A masking set is a collection of virtual disks, target ports, and initiator ids that are used for bulk Show and Hide operations. When a resource is added to a masking set it is made available for access to all other resources in the masking set. For example, adding a virtual disk object to a masking set will allow all initiator IDs in the masking set to access the virtual disk object. A masking set is a collection of virtual disks, target ports, and initiator ids that are used for bulk Show and Hide operations. When a resource is added to a masking set it is made available for access to all other resources in the masking set. For example, adding a virtual disk object to a masking set will allow all initiator IDs in the masking set to access the virtual disk object.
734A user settable string representing the name of the storage subsystem. The storage provider or subsystem is expected to supply an initial value for this field. A user settable string representing the name of the storage subsystem. The storage provider or subsystem is expected to supply an initial value for this field.
735A user settable description of the storage subsystem. This field can be used to store extra free-form information, such as notes or details about the subsystem's intended usage. A user settable description of the storage subsystem. This field can be used to store extra free-form information, such as notes or details about the subsystem's intended usage.
736Name is a globally unique, human-readable string used to identify a storage subsystem. Name is a globally unique, human-readable string used to identify a storage subsystem.
737NameFormat describes the format of the Name identifier. NameFormat describes the format of the Name identifier.
738IP IP
739Dial Dial
740HID HID
741NWA NWA
742HWA HWA
743X25 X25
744ISDN ISDN
745IPX IPX
746DCC DCC
747ICD ICD
748E.164 E.164
749SNA SNA
750OID/OSI OID/OSI
751WWN WWN
752This field is an array of custom identifier for the subsystem. If this field is set, the OtherIdentifyingInfoDescription field must also be set. This field is an array of custom identifier for the subsystem. If this field is set, the OtherIdentifyingInfoDescription field must also be set.
753An array of string description of the format used in the custom identifiers defined in the OtherIdentifyingInfo field. There must be a 1:1 mapping between this array and OtherIdentifyingInfo. An array of string description of the format used in the custom identifiers defined in the OtherIdentifyingInfo field. There must be a 1:1 mapping between this array and OtherIdentifyingInfo.
755Indicates the current statuses of the subsystem. Various operational statuses are defined. Many of the enumeration's values are self-explanatory. However, a few are not and are described here in more detail.
4 - 'Stressed': indicates that the subsystem is functioning, but needs attention. Examples of 'Stressed' states are overload, overheated, and so on.
5 - 'Predictive Failure': indicates that the subsystem is functioning nominally but predicting a failure in the near future.
11 - 'In Service': describes a subsystem being configured, maintained, cleaned, or otherwise administered.
12 - 'No Contact': indicates that the storage provider has knowledge of this subsystem, but has never been able to establish communications with it.
13 - 'Lost Communication': indicates that the subsystem is known to exist and has been contacted successfully in the past, but is currently unreachable.
10 - 'Stopped' and 14 - 'Aborted' are similar, although the former implies a clean and orderly stop, while the latter implies an abrupt stop where the state and configuration of the subsystem might need to be updated.
15 - 'Dormant': indicates that the subsystem is inactive.
16 - 'Supporting Entity in Error': indicates that this subsystem might be OK, but that another element, on which it is dependent, is in error.
Indicates the current statuses of the subsystem. Various operational statuses are defined. Many of the enumeration's values are self-explanatory. However, a few are not and are described here in more detail.
4 - 'Stressed': indicates that the subsystem is functioning, but needs attention. Examples of 'Stressed' states are overload, overheated, and so on.
5 - 'Predictive Failure': indicates that the subsystem is functioning nominally but predicting a failure in the near future.
11 - 'In Service': describes a subsystem being configured, maintained, cleaned, or otherwise administered.
12 - 'No Contact': indicates that the storage provider has knowledge of this subsystem, but has never been able to establish communications with it.
13 - 'Lost Communication': indicates that the subsystem is known to exist and has been contacted successfully in the past, but is currently unreachable.
10 - 'Stopped' and 14 - 'Aborted' are similar, although the former implies a clean and orderly stop, while the latter implies an abrupt stop where the state and configuration of the subsystem might need to be updated.
15 - 'Dormant': indicates that the subsystem is inactive.
16 - 'Supporting Entity in Error': indicates that this subsystem might be OK, but that another element, on which it is dependent, is in error.
756This field denotes the cache level that has been discovered. This corresponds to the storage provider's DiscoveryLevel parameter in the Discover method.
0 - 'Level 0': The storage provider and storage subsystem objects have been discovered.
1 - 'Level 1': Storage pools, resiliency settings, target ports, target portals, and initiator ids belonging to this subsystem have been discovered.
2 - 'Level 2': Virtual disks and masking sets belonging to this subsystem have been discovered.
3 - 'Level 3': Physical disks belonging to this subsystem have been discovered.		 This field denotes the cache level that has been discovered. This corresponds to the storage provider's DiscoveryLevel parameter in the Discover method.
0 - 'Level 0': The storage provider and storage subsystem objects have been discovered.
1 - 'Level 1': Storage pools, resiliency settings, target ports, target portals, and initiator ids belonging to this subsystem have been discovered.
2 - 'Level 2': Virtual disks and masking sets belonging to this subsystem have been discovered.
3 - 'Level 3': Physical disks belonging to this subsystem have been discovered.
757Level 0 Level 0
758Level 1 Level 1
759Level 2 Level 2
760Level 3 Level 3
761This field is a string representation of the company responsible for creating the storage subsystem hardware. This field is a string representation of the company responsible for creating the storage subsystem hardware.
762This field is a string representation of the model number of the subsystem array. This field is a string representation of the model number of the subsystem array.
763This field is a string representation of the serial number of the subsystem array. This field is a string representation of the serial number of the subsystem array.
764This field is a string representation of the subsystem's firmware version. This field is a string representation of the subsystem's firmware version.
766Denotes whether this subsystem supports local mirror replication. Denotes whether this subsystem supports local mirror replication.
767Denotes whether this subsystem supports remote mirror replication. Denotes whether this subsystem supports remote mirror replication.
768Denotes whether this subsystem supports local snapshotting. This field must be true if the VirtualDisk::CreateSnapshot method is implemented. Denotes whether this subsystem supports local snapshotting. This field must be true if the VirtualDisk::CreateSnapshot method is implemented.
769Denotes whether this subsystem supports remote snapshotting. Denotes whether this subsystem supports remote snapshotting.
770Denotes whether this subsystem supports local cloning. This field must be true if the VirtualDisk::CreateClone method is implemented. Denotes whether this subsystem supports local cloning. This field must be true if the VirtualDisk::CreateClone method is implemented.
771Denotes whether this subsystem supports remote cloning. Denotes whether this subsystem supports remote cloning.
772Denotes whether a user can create a virtual disk by using the CreateVirtualDisk method on either the storage subsystem or storage pool objects. Denotes whether a user can create a virtual disk by using the CreateVirtualDisk method on either the storage subsystem or storage pool objects.
773Denotes whether a user can modify attributes or other properties on a virtual disk by using the various Set* extrinsic methods. (For example: SetFriendlyname ). Denotes whether a user can modify attributes or other properties on a virtual disk by using the various Set* extrinsic methods. (For example: SetFriendlyname ).
774Denotes whether a user can delete a virtual disk through the use of the DeleteObject extrinsic method on the virtual disk instance. Denotes whether a user can delete a virtual disk through the use of the DeleteObject extrinsic method on the virtual disk instance.
775Indicates if the subsystem allows a virtual disk to be grown in size (using the Resize method of the virtual disk instance). Indicates if the subsystem allows a virtual disk to be grown in size (using the Resize method of the virtual disk instance).
776Indicates if the subsystem allows a virtual disk to be reduced in size (using the Resize method of the virtual disk instance). Indicates if the subsystem allows a virtual disk to be reduced in size (using the Resize method of the virtual disk instance).
777Indicates if the subsystem supports explicit repairing of a virtual disk through the Repair method of the virtual disk instance. Indicates if the subsystem supports explicit repairing of a virtual disk through the Repair method of the virtual disk instance.
779If TRUE, this subsystem supports the deletion of its storage pools. If TRUE, this subsystem supports the deletion of its storage pools.
780If TRUE, storage pools on this subsystem support capacity expansion through adding more physical disks. If TRUE, storage pools on this subsystem support capacity expansion through adding more physical disks.
781If TRUE, storage pools on this subsystem support the replacement or removal of physical disks by use of the RemovePhysicalDisk method on the storage pool instance. If TRUE, storage pools on this subsystem support the replacement or removal of physical disks by use of the RemovePhysicalDisk method on the storage pool instance.
782If TRUE, the CreateVirtualDisk method on the storage subsystem is supported. If TRUE, the CreateVirtualDisk method on the storage subsystem is supported.
783If TRUE, all resiliency settings will be copied from the primordial pool and added to a concrete pool upon its creation. If FALSE, the storage pool should copy the setting specified in the ResiliencySettingNameDefault parameter of CreateStoragePool. If no name was given, the resiliency setting specified by the primordial pool's ResiliencySettingNameDefault property should be used. If TRUE, all resiliency settings will be copied from the primordial pool and added to a concrete pool upon its creation. If FALSE, the storage pool should copy the setting specified in the ResiliencySettingNameDefault parameter of CreateStoragePool. If no name was given, the resiliency setting specified by the primordial pool's ResiliencySettingNameDefault property should be used.
785If TRUE, this subsystem supports the deletion of storage tiers. If TRUE, this subsystem supports the deletion of storage tiers.
786If TRUE, this subsystem supports the resizing of storage tiers. If TRUE, this subsystem supports the resizing of storage tiers.
788If TRUE, this subsystem supports the creation of tiered virtual disks. If TRUE, this subsystem supports the creation of tiered virtual disks.
789This field is reserved for future releases. This field is reserved for future releases.
790If TRUE, the storage subsystem supports showing and hiding (masking) a virtual disk to a host initiator through the Show/Hide methods of the virtual disk and by the use of masking sets. If TRUE, the storage subsystem supports showing and hiding (masking) a virtual disk to a host initiator through the Show/Hide methods of the virtual disk and by the use of masking sets.
791Indicates which address formats can be inferred by the storage provider and subsystem when working with initiator ids. Indicates which address formats can be inferred by the storage provider and subsystem when working with initiator ids.
792Port WWN Port WWN
793Node WWN Node WWN
794Host Name Host Name
795iSCSI Name iSCSI Name
796Switch WWN Switch WWN
797SAS Address SAS Address
798If MaskingValidInitiatorIdTypes contains the value 1 - 'Other', this field is used to enumerate the other valid initiator id types for this storage subsystem. If MaskingValidInitiatorIdTypes contains the value 1 - 'Other', this field is used to enumerate the other valid initiator id types for this storage subsystem.
799Indicates the number of target ports that can be used for masking a virtual disk. This applies to both masking sets and the virtual disk Show method. Indicates the number of target ports that can be used for masking a virtual disk. This applies to both masking sets and the virtual disk Show method.
800One TargetPort per view One TargetPort per view
801Multiple target ports per view Multiple target ports per view
802All target ports share the same view All target ports share the same view
803If TRUE, the storage provider supports the use of the DeviceNumbers parameter of the CreateMaskingSet and AddVirtualDisk methods. If TRUE, the storage provider supports the use of the DeviceNumbers parameter of the CreateMaskingSet and AddVirtualDisk methods.
804If TRUE, the subsystem will only allow one initiator to be added to a masking set. If TRUE, the subsystem will only allow one initiator to be added to a masking set.
805Indicates the maximum number of masking sets that a particular virtual disk can be added to. Indicates the maximum number of masking sets that a particular virtual disk can be added to.
807Manual Manual
808Denotes the iSCSI Target Creation Scheme supported by the subsystem.
0 - 'Not Applicable' implies a non-iSCSI subsystem.
1 - 'Not Supported' implies the subsystem does not allow creation of a Target.
2 - 'Manual' implies the subsystem allows manual creation of the Target.
3 - 'Auto' implies the subsystem automatically creates a Target.
Denotes the iSCSI Target Creation Scheme supported by the subsystem.
0 - 'Not Applicable' implies a non-iSCSI subsystem.
1 - 'Not Supported' implies the subsystem does not allow creation of a Target.
2 - 'Manual' implies the subsystem allows manual creation of the Target.
3 - 'Auto' implies the subsystem automatically creates a Target.
809Not Applicable Not Applicable
810Denotes the total number of physical disk slots in the subsystem or enclosure. Denotes the total number of physical disk slots in the subsystem or enclosure.
811A string representing the name of the management server. This value is only relevant for Storage Management Providers that implement the SMI-S standard. A string representing the name of the management server. This value is only relevant for Storage Management Providers that implement the SMI-S standard.
812An array representing the supported host types. An array representing the supported host types.
813When the corresponding array entry in SupportedHostType[] is "Other", this entry provides a string describing the manufacturer and OS/Environment. When the corresponding SupportedHostType[] entry is not "Other", this entry allows variations or qualifications of ClientTypes - for example, different versions of Solaris. When the corresponding array entry in SupportedHostType[] is "Other", this entry provides a string describing the manufacturer and OS/Environment. When the corresponding SupportedHostType[] entry is not "Other", this entry allows variations or qualifications of ClientTypes - for example, different versions of Solaris.
814This method creates a storage pool from available physical disks contained within a common primordial pool. A physical disk is available for storage pool creation if its CanPool property is set to TRUE. Storage pool creation is only available when the SupportsStoragePoolCreation field of the storage subsystem is TRUE. This method creates a storage pool from available physical disks contained within a common primordial pool. A physical disk is available for storage pool creation if its CanPool property is set to TRUE. Storage pool creation is only available when the SupportsStoragePoolCreation field of the storage subsystem is TRUE.
815This parameter allows the user to specify the FriendlyName at the time of the storage pool creation. FriendlyNames are expected to be descriptive, however they are not required to be unique. Note that some storage subsystems do not allow setting a friendly name during pool creation. If a subsystem doesn't support this, storage pool creation should still succeed, however the pool may have a different name assigned to it. This parameter allows the user to specify the FriendlyName at the time of the storage pool creation. FriendlyNames are expected to be descriptive, however they are not required to be unique. Note that some storage subsystems do not allow setting a friendly name during pool creation. If a subsystem doesn't support this, storage pool creation should still succeed, however the pool may have a different name assigned to it.
816Allows a user to set a custom usage type for the new storage pool object. This parameter can only be specified if the Usage parameter is set to 1 - 'Other'. Allows a user to set a custom usage type for the new storage pool object. This parameter can only be specified if the Usage parameter is set to 1 - 'Other'.
818This parameter indicates the resiliency setting to be used by default when creating a new virtual disk on this storage pool. If the subsystem's SupportsMultipleResiliencySettingsPerStoragePool property is set to FALSE, this parameter also acts as a hint to the Storage Management Provider on which resiliency setting should be inherited by this storage pool. If no value is given, it is up to the Storage Management Provider to pick the most appropriate resiliency setting. This parameter indicates the resiliency setting to be used by default when creating a new virtual disk on this storage pool. If the subsystem's SupportsMultipleResiliencySettingsPerStoragePool property is set to FALSE, this parameter also acts as a hint to the Storage Management Provider on which resiliency setting should be inherited by this storage pool. If no value is given, it is up to the Storage Management Provider to pick the most appropriate resiliency setting.
819This parameter indicates the provisioning type to be used by default when creating a new virtual disk on this storage pool. If no default is specified, the default is inherited from the primordial pool. This parameter indicates the provisioning type to be used by default when creating a new virtual disk on this storage pool. If no default is specified, the default is inherited from the primordial pool.
820This parameter indicates the default logical sector size for the storage pool. This is useful when a storage pool may contain a mix of 512 emulated and either 4K native or 512 native physical disks. This parameter indicates the default logical sector size for the storage pool. This is useful when a storage pool may contain a mix of 512 emulated and either 4K native or 512 native physical disks.
821This method allows for the creation of virtual disks on a storage subsystem. This method is typically used when either a) the subsystem's storage pools do not allow virtual disk creation directly, or b) the subsystem does not support storage pools. Storage Management Providers may also choose to implement this method to 'intelligently' pick a storage pool for the user. If this method is supported, the subsystem's SupportsAutomaticStoragePoolSelection property should be set to TRUE. This method allows for the creation of virtual disks on a storage subsystem. This method is typically used when either a) the subsystem's storage pools do not allow virtual disk creation directly, or b) the subsystem does not support storage pools. Storage Management Providers may also choose to implement this method to 'intelligently' pick a storage pool for the user. If this method is supported, the subsystem's SupportsAutomaticStoragePoolSelection property should be set to TRUE.
822No storage pools were found that can support this virtual disk configuration. No storage pools were found that can support this virtual disk configuration.
823This parameter allows the user to specify the desired FriendlyName at the time of the virtual disk creation. FriendlyNames are expected to be descriptive, however they are not required to be unique. Note that some storage subsystems do not allow setting a friendly name during virtual disk creation. If a subsystem doesn't support this, virtual disk creation should still succeed, however the disk may have a different name assigned to it. This parameter allows the user to specify the desired FriendlyName at the time of the virtual disk creation. FriendlyNames are expected to be descriptive, however they are not required to be unique. Note that some storage subsystems do not allow setting a friendly name during virtual disk creation. If a subsystem doesn't support this, virtual disk creation should still succeed, however the disk may have a different name assigned to it.
824Allows a user to set a custom usage type for the new virtual disk object. This parameter can only be specified if the Usage parameter is set to 1 - 'Other'. Allows a user to set a custom usage type for the new virtual disk object. This parameter can only be specified if the Usage parameter is set to 1 - 'Other'.
825Indicates the desired size for the virtual disk. Note that some storage subsystems will round the size up or down to a multiple of its allocation unit size. If this parameter is specified, UseMaximumSize must be NULL or FALSE. Indicates the desired size for the virtual disk. Note that some storage subsystems will round the size up or down to a multiple of its allocation unit size. If this parameter is specified, UseMaximumSize must be NULL or FALSE.
826Create a virtual disk using the largest supported size. This parameter cannot be used with the Size parameter. Create a virtual disk using the largest supported size. This parameter cannot be used with the Size parameter.
827Specifies the number of complete data copies to maintain for this virtual disk. Specifies the number of complete data copies to maintain for this virtual disk.
828Specifies how many physical disk failures the virtual disk should be able to withstand before data loss occurs. Specifies how many physical disk failures the virtual disk should be able to withstand before data loss occurs.
829Specifies the number of underlying physical disks across which data should be striped. Specifies the number of underlying physical disks across which data should be striped.
830Specifies the number of bytes used to form a strip in common striping-based resiliency settings. The strip is defined as the size of the portion of a stripe that lies on one physical disk. Thus Interleave * NumberOfColumns will yield the total size of one stripe. Specifies the number of bytes used to form a strip in common striping-based resiliency settings. The strip is defined as the size of the portion of a stripe that lies on one physical disk. Thus Interleave * NumberOfColumns will yield the total size of one stripe.
832Denotes the provisioning type of the virtual disk. A value of 1 - 'Thin' means that the storage for the disk is allocated on-demand. A value of 2 - 'Fixed' means that the storage is allocated up front. Denotes the provisioning type of the virtual disk. A value of 1 - 'Thin' means that the storage for the disk is allocated on-demand. A value of 2 - 'Fixed' means that the storage is allocated up front.
833Creates logical grouping of virtual disks, target ports, and initiators for the purpose of showing virtual disks to host systems. Creates logical grouping of virtual disks, target ports, and initiators for the purpose of showing virtual disks to host systems.
834This parameter allows the user to specify the desired FriendlyName for the masking set at the time of its creation. FriendlyNames are expected to be descriptive, however they are not requried to be unique. This parameter allows the user to specify the desired FriendlyName for the masking set at the time of its creation. FriendlyNames are expected to be descriptive, however they are not requried to be unique.
835This parameter specifies the list of virtual disks to show to the initiators in the masking set. The identifier used by this parameter is the virtual disk Name property. This parameter has a 1:1 mapping with the DeviceAccesses parameter (the arrays must be the same length and have the same order). This parameter specifies the list of virtual disks to show to the initiators in the masking set. The identifier used by this parameter is the virtual disk Name property. This parameter has a 1:1 mapping with the DeviceAccesses parameter (the arrays must be the same length and have the same order).
836This parameter specifies the level of access the initiator should have to each virtual disk specified by VirtualDiskNames. This parameter has a 1:1 mapping with the VirtualDiskNames parameter (the arrays must be the same length and have the same order). This parameter specifies the level of access the initiator should have to each virtual disk specified by VirtualDiskNames. This parameter has a 1:1 mapping with the VirtualDiskNames parameter (the arrays must be the same length and have the same order).
837Specifies the order in which the virtual disks should be exposed to the initiator. This capability is only available if the storage subsystem's MaskingClientSelectableDeviceNumbers property is set to TRUE. If specified, this parameter must have a 1:1 mapping with the VirtualDiskNames parameter. Specifies the order in which the virtual disks should be exposed to the initiator. This capability is only available if the storage subsystem's MaskingClientSelectableDeviceNumbers property is set to TRUE. If specified, this parameter must have a 1:1 mapping with the VirtualDiskNames parameter.
838This parameter specifies the target ports which should be used when showing the virtual disks to the initiators. The number of target ports that can be specified depends on the subsystem's MaskingPortsPerView property. If MaskingPortsPerView is set to 4 - 'All target ports share the same view', this parameter is essentially ignored as all target ports on the system will be associated with this masking set. This parameter specifies the target ports which should be used when showing the virtual disks to the initiators. The number of target ports that can be specified depends on the subsystem's MaskingPortsPerView property. If MaskingPortsPerView is set to 4 - 'All target ports share the same view', this parameter is essentially ignored as all target ports on the system will be associated with this masking set.
839This parameter specifies the initiators for which the virtual disks should be shown. If the subsystem's MaskingOneInitiatorIdPerView property is TRUE, only one initiator can be specified for this masking set. The list of valid initiator address formats can be determined through the subsystem's MaskingValidInitiatorIdTypes property. This parameter specifies the initiators for which the virtual disks should be shown. If the subsystem's MaskingOneInitiatorIdPerView property is TRUE, only one initiator can be specified for this masking set. The list of valid initiator address formats can be determined through the subsystem's MaskingValidInitiatorIdTypes property.
841This method allows a user to set the description field of the storage subsystem. This method allows a user to set the description field of the storage subsystem.
844SMP SMP
845SMI-S SMI-S
846A user-friendly name of the storage provider. A user-friendly name of the storage provider.
847A string indicating the manufacturer of the SMP software. A string indicating the manufacturer of the SMP software.
848A version string used by the SMP manufacturer to differentiate between software versions. A version string used by the SMP manufacturer to differentiate between software versions.
849If the SMP is of type 2 - 'SMI-S', this field contains the name of the host running the SMI-S provider software. This field will be NULL otherwise. If the SMP is of type 2 - 'SMI-S', this field contains the name of the host running the SMI-S provider software. This field will be NULL otherwise.
850If the SMP is of type 2 - 'SMI-S', this field contains the protocol, computer host name, and port of the SMI-S server. This field will be NULL otherwise. If the SMP is of type 2 - 'SMI-S', this field contains the protocol, computer host name, and port of the SMI-S server. This field will be NULL otherwise.
851If the SMP is of type 2 - 'SMI-S', this field contains the protocol, IP address, and port of the SMI-S server. This field will be NULL otherwise. If the SMP is of type 2 - 'SMI-S', this field contains the protocol, IP address, and port of the SMI-S server. This field will be NULL otherwise.
852This method is used when a user wants to explicitly discover or re-enumerate objects owned by the storage provider. A call to this method could result in a full or partial cache invalidation and over-the-wire calls to the storage subsystem(s) in order to discover new or updated objects. As this is a time consuming task, it should be used sparingly by the user.
The scope of the discovery operation is controlled by the DiscoveryLevel and RootObject parameters. DiscoveryLevel controls the depth of the object discovery. RootObject defines the starting point from which discovery will happen.		 This method is used when a user wants to explicitly discover or re-enumerate objects owned by the storage provider. A call to this method could result in a full or partial cache invalidation and over-the-wire calls to the storage subsystem(s) in order to discover new or updated objects. As this is a time consuming task, it should be used sparingly by the user.
The scope of the discovery operation is controlled by the DiscoveryLevel and RootObject parameters. DiscoveryLevel controls the depth of the object discovery. RootObject defines the starting point from which discovery will happen.
853The storage provider does not support a required profile. The storage provider does not support a required profile.
854The storage provider does not support a required association. The storage provider does not support a required association.
855This field denotes the level (or depth) of discovery that should be performed. This parameter can only be specified if the root object is a storage provider, storage subsystem, or NULL. When specified, the storage provider will discover objects starting from Level 0 and continuing until the specified level is reached. Associations between objects (within the discovered levels) will also be discovered. The discovery levels are defined as follows:
0 - 'Level 0': The storage provider and storage subsystem objects will be discovered.
1 - 'Level 1': Storage pools, resiliency settings, target ports, target portals, and initiator ids will be discovered.
2 - 'Level 2': Virtual disks and masking sets will be discovered.
3 - 'Level 3': Physical disks will be discovered.		 This field denotes the level (or depth) of discovery that should be performed. This parameter can only be specified if the root object is a storage provider, storage subsystem, or NULL. When specified, the storage provider will discover objects starting from Level 0 and continuing until the specified level is reached. Associations between objects (within the discovered levels) will also be discovered. The discovery levels are defined as follows:
0 - 'Level 0': The storage provider and storage subsystem objects will be discovered.
1 - 'Level 1': Storage pools, resiliency settings, target ports, target portals, and initiator ids will be discovered.
2 - 'Level 2': Virtual disks and masking sets will be discovered.
3 - 'Level 3': Physical disks will be discovered.
856If this parameter is set, discovery will begin from this object. When DiscoveryLevel is NULL, well-defined actions will be taken depending on the type of object specified by RootObject:
Storage subsystem: All associated objects will be discovered.
Storage pool: The pool, along with any associated resiliency settings, virtual disks, and physical disks will be discovered.
Masking set: The masking set, along with any associated target ports, initiator ids, and virtual disks will be discovered.
For all other objects: Only that object will be discovered / refreshed.		 If this parameter is set, discovery will begin from this object. When DiscoveryLevel is NULL, well-defined actions will be taken depending on the type of object specified by RootObject:
Storage subsystem: All associated objects will be discovered.
Storage pool: The pool, along with any associated resiliency settings, virtual disks, and physical disks will be discovered.
Masking set: The masking set, along with any associated target ports, initiator ids, and virtual disks will be discovered.
For all other objects: Only that object will be discovered / refreshed.
857This method registers a subsystem to be managed by this provider. Note that the subsystem must be compatible with the provider software. This method registers a subsystem to be managed by this provider. Note that the subsystem must be compatible with the provider software.
858Cannot register/unregister the storage subsystem on local host. Cannot register/unregister the storage subsystem on local host.
859This method unregisters a subsystem. The provider will no longer manage this subsystem. This method unregisters a subsystem. The provider will no longer manage this subsystem.
860The storage subsystem is not registered. The storage subsystem is not registered.
861This class is a representation of a particular Storage Management Provider (SMP) software package which is used to manage a storage subsystem. This class is a representation of a particular Storage Management Provider (SMP) software package which is used to manage a storage subsystem.
862In Process In Process
863Pending Pending
864Completely on tier Completely on tier
865Partially on tier Partially on tier
866Not on tier Not on tier
869This class manages file pinning. This class manages file pinning.
871The operating system's number for the disk that contains this partition. Disk numbers may not necessarily remain the same across reboots. The operating system's number for the disk that contains this partition. Disk numbers may not necessarily remain the same across reboots.
873The currently assigned drive letter to the partition. This property is NULL if no drive letter has been assigned. The currently assigned drive letter to the partition. This property is NULL if no drive letter has been assigned.
874This property is an array of all the various mount points for the partition. This list includes drive letters, as well as mounted folders. This property is an array of all the various mount points for the partition. This list includes drive letters, as well as mounted folders.
875Online Online
876No Media No Media
878Total size of the partition, measured in bytes. Total size of the partition, measured in bytes.
879This property indicates the partition's MBR type. This property is only valid when the disk's PartitionStyle property is set to 1 - 'MBR' and will be NULL for all other partition styles. This property indicates the partition's MBR type. This property is only valid when the disk's PartitionStyle property is set to 1 - 'MBR' and will be NULL for all other partition styles.
880FAT12 FAT12
881Extended Extended
882Huge Huge
883IFS IFS
884This property indicates the partition's GPT type. This property is only valid when the disk's PartitionStyle property is set to 2 - 'GPT' and will be NULL for all other partition styles. This property indicates the partition's GPT type. This property is only valid when the disk's PartitionStyle property is set to 2 - 'GPT' and will be NULL for all other partition styles.
885System Partition System Partition
886Basic data Basic data
887LDM Metadata LDM Metadata
888LDM Data LDM Data
889Microsoft Recovery Microsoft Recovery
890This property is a string representation of the partition's GPT GUID. This property is only valid if the disk's PartitionStyle property is set to 2 - 'GPT' and will be NULL for all other partition stlyes. This property is a string representation of the partition's GPT GUID. This property is only valid if the disk's PartitionStyle property is set to 2 - 'GPT' and will be NULL for all other partition stlyes.
891Signifies whether or not the partition is active and can be booted. This property is only relevant for MBR disks. Signifies whether or not the partition is active and can be booted. This property is only relevant for MBR disks.
892If this property is set to TRUE, the partition is not detected by the mount manager. As a result, the partition does not receive a drive letter, does not receive a volume GUID path, does not host volume mount points, and is not enumerated by calls to FindFirstVolume and FindNextVolume. This ensures that applications such as disk defragmenter do not access the partition. The Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS) uses this attribute on its shadow copies. If this property is set to TRUE, the partition is not detected by the mount manager. As a result, the partition does not receive a drive letter, does not receive a volume GUID path, does not host volume mount points, and is not enumerated by calls to FindFirstVolume and FindNextVolume. This ensures that applications such as disk defragmenter do not access the partition. The Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS) uses this attribute on its shadow copies.
893If this property is set to TRUE, the partition is a shadow copy of another partition. This attribute is used by the Volume Shadow Copy service (VSS). This attribute is an indication for file system filter driver-based software (such as antivirus programs) to avoid attaching to the volume. An application can use this attribute to differentiate a shadow copy partition from a production partition. For example, an application that performs a fast recovery will break a shadow copy virtual disk by clearing the read-only and hidden attributes and this attribute. This attribute is set when the shadow copy is created and cleared when the shadow copy is broken. If this property is set to TRUE, the partition is a shadow copy of another partition. This attribute is used by the Volume Shadow Copy service (VSS). This attribute is an indication for file system filter driver-based software (such as antivirus programs) to avoid attaching to the volume. An application can use this attribute to differentiate a shadow copy partition from a production partition. For example, an application that performs a fast recovery will break a shadow copy virtual disk by clearing the read-only and hidden attributes and this attribute. This attribute is set when the shadow copy is created and cleared when the shadow copy is broken.
894If this property is set to TRUE, the operating system does not assign a drive letter automatically when the partition is discovered. This is only honored for GPT disks and is assumed to be FALSE for MBR disks. This attribute is useful in storage area network (SAN) environments. If this property is set to TRUE, the operating system does not assign a drive letter automatically when the partition is discovered. This is only honored for GPT disks and is assumed to be FALSE for MBR disks. This attribute is useful in storage area network (SAN) environments.
895Deletes the partition and corresponding volume. Deletes the partition and corresponding volume.
896In use In use
897The partition was deleted, although its access paths were not. The partition was deleted, although its access paths were not.
898The extended partition still contains other partitions. The extended partition still contains other partitions.
899The operation is not allowed on a system or critical partition. The operation is not allowed on a system or critical partition.
900This method returns all mount points and drive letters that can be used to access the partition. This method returns all mount points and drive letters that can be used to access the partition.
902The requested access path is already in use. The requested access path is already in use.
903Cannot assign access paths to hidden partitions. Cannot assign access paths to hidden partitions.
904The access path is not valid. The access path is not valid.
905Cannot assign multiple drive letters to a partition. Cannot assign multiple drive letters to a partition.
906Cannot assign drive letter to this type of partition. Cannot assign drive letter to this type of partition.
907This parameter is a string indicating the access path, which is a user-mode path that can be used to open the partition. An access path can be a drive letter (in the form C: or C:\) or a path to an empty directory on an NTFS volume. The access path string does not require a trailing backslash. This parameter is a string indicating the access path, which is a user-mode path that can be used to open the partition. An access path can be a drive letter (in the form C: or C:\) or a path to an empty directory on an NTFS volume. The access path string does not require a trailing backslash.
908If this parameter is specified as TRUE, the next available drive letter will be assigned to the partition. If this parameter is specified as TRUE, the next available drive letter will be assigned to the partition.
909This method removes the access path from the partition regardless of whether or not it is in use. This method removes the access path from the partition regardless of whether or not it is in use.
910Cannot remove a volume GUID path. Cannot remove a volume GUID path.
911Cannot remove the drive letter of a boot or paging file partition. Cannot remove the drive letter of a boot or paging file partition.
912This method resizes the partition and any associated filesystem to the size specified by the Size parameter. If the size is outside of the bounds returned by the GetSupportedSize method, then this method will fail with a well defined error code. The resize operation is only supported on NTFS formatted partitions and RAW partitions.
If the specified size is smaller than the original size, this method will move files so that they are as close as possible to the beginning of the partition, in order to consolidate free space at the end of the partition. It then truncates the file system volume, reducing its size, and then truncates the partition.
In almost all cases, there will be some files that are immovable. For example, file system and storage driver metadata files are likely to be immovable. For this reason, the amount by which a partition can be shrunk is usually less than the total amount of free space on the partition.		 This method resizes the partition and any associated filesystem to the size specified by the Size parameter. If the size is outside of the bounds returned by the GetSupportedSize method, then this method will fail with a well defined error code. The resize operation is only supported on NTFS formatted partitions and RAW partitions.
If the specified size is smaller than the original size, this method will move files so that they are as close as possible to the beginning of the partition, in order to consolidate free space at the end of the partition. It then truncates the file system volume, reducing its size, and then truncates the partition.
In almost all cases, there will be some files that are immovable. For example, file system and storage driver metadata files are likely to be immovable. For this reason, the amount by which a partition can be shrunk is usually less than the total amount of free space on the partition.
913Cannot shrink a partition containing a volume with errors. Cannot shrink a partition containing a volume with errors.
914Cannot resize a partition containing an unknown file system. Cannot resize a partition containing an unknown file system.
915This method returns the minimum and maximum sizes that the partition can be resized to using the Resize method. The minimum size is determined by the disk defragmenter and takes into account the location of immovable files. The maximum size is determined by adding the size of any free extents immediately after the current partition. This method returns the minimum and maximum sizes that the partition can be resized to using the Resize method. The minimum size is determined by the disk defragmenter and takes into account the location of immovable files. The maximum size is determined by adding the size of any free extents immediately after the current partition.
916This output parameter contains the minimum size that this partition can become. Note that if this method is run multiple times, this value can change slightly depending on the placement of various temporary files. This output parameter contains the minimum size that this partition can become. Note that if this method is run multiple times, this value can change slightly depending on the placement of various temporary files.
917This output parameter contains the maximum size that this partition can become. This output parameter contains the maximum size that this partition can become.
919This operation is only supported on data partitions. This operation is only supported on data partitions.
921The volume still has access path to it. The volume still has access path to it.
922Sets various attributes and properties of the partition. Sets various attributes and properties of the partition.
923The disk has not been initialized. The disk has not been initialized.
924The disk is offline. The disk is offline.
925A parameter is not valid for this type of partition. A parameter is not valid for this type of partition.
926Represents a partition on a disk. Represents a partition on a disk.
927Path can be used to open an operating system handle to the disk device. Path can be used to open an operating system handle to the disk device.
930UniqueId of a disk contains the VPD Page 0x83 information that uniquely identifies this disk. The following types are accepted (in order of precedence): 8 - SCSI Name String; 3 - FCPH Name; 2 - EUI64, 1 - Vendor Id, 0 - Vendor Specific. If the disk is an exposed VirtualDisk, UniqueId is used map the association between the two objects. UniqueId of a disk contains the VPD Page 0x83 information that uniquely identifies this disk. The following types are accepted (in order of precedence): 8 - SCSI Name String; 3 - FCPH Name; 2 - EUI64, 1 - Vendor Id, 0 - Vendor Specific. If the disk is an exposed VirtualDisk, UniqueId is used map the association between the two objects.
931UniqueIdFormat informs the user what VPD Page 0x83 descriptor type was used to populate the UniqueId field. UniqueIdFormat informs the user what VPD Page 0x83 descriptor type was used to populate the UniqueId field.
932The operating system's number for the disk. Disk 0 is typically the boot device. Disk numbers may not necessarily remain the same across reboots. The operating system's number for the disk. Disk 0 is typically the boot device. Disk numbers may not necessarily remain the same across reboots.
933A string representation of the disk's serial number. A string representation of the disk's serial number.
934A string representation of the disk's firmware version. A string representation of the disk's firmware version.
935A string representation of the disk's hardware manufacturer. A string representation of the disk's hardware manufacturer.
936A string representation of the disk's model. A string representation of the disk's model.
937The total size of the disk, measured in bytes. The total size of the disk, measured in bytes.
938The amount of space currently used on the disk. The amount of space currently used on the disk.
939This field indicates the logical sector size of the disk in bytes. For example: a 4K native disk will report 4096, while a 512 emulated disk will report 512. This field indicates the logical sector size of the disk in bytes. For example: a 4K native disk will report 4096, while a 512 emulated disk will report 512.
940This field indicates the physical sector size of the disk in bytes. For example: both 4K native disks and 512 emulated disks will report 4096. This field indicates the physical sector size of the disk in bytes. For example: both 4K native disks and 512 emulated disks will report 4096.
941This field indicates the largest contiguous block of free space on the disk. This is also the largest size of a partition which can be created on the disk. This field indicates the largest contiguous block of free space on the disk. This is also the largest size of a partition which can be created on the disk.
942Denotes the provisioning type of the disk device.
1 - 'Thin' means that the storage for the disk is allocated on-demand.
2 - 'Fixed' means that the storage is allocated up front.		 Denotes the provisioning type of the disk device.
1 - 'Thin' means that the storage for the disk is allocated on-demand.
2 - 'Fixed' means that the storage is allocated up front.
943Not Ready Not Ready
946Denotes the I/O bus type used by this disk. Denotes the I/O bus type used by this disk.
947MBR MBR
948GPT GPT
949The MBR signature of the disk. This property is only valid on MBR disks and will be NULL for all other disk types. The MBR signature of the disk. This property is only valid on MBR disks and will be NULL for all other disk types.
950The GPT guid of the disk. This property is only valid on GPT disks and will be NULL for all other disk types. The GPT guid of the disk. This property is only valid on GPT disks and will be NULL for all other disk types.
951If IsOffline is TRUE, this property informs the user of the specific reason for the disk being offline.
1 - 'Policy': The user requested the disk to be offline.
2 - 'Redundant Path': The disk is used for multi-path I/O.
3 - 'Snapshot': The disk is a snapshot disk.
4 - 'Collision': There was a signature or identifier collision with another disk.
5 - 'Resource Exhaustion': There were insufficient resources to bring the disk online.
6 - 'Critical Write Failures': There were critical write failures on the disk.
7 - 'Data Integrity Scan Required': A data integrity scan is required.		 If IsOffline is TRUE, this property informs the user of the specific reason for the disk being offline.
1 - 'Policy': The user requested the disk to be offline.
2 - 'Redundant Path': The disk is used for multi-path I/O.
3 - 'Snapshot': The disk is a snapshot disk.
4 - 'Collision': There was a signature or identifier collision with another disk.
5 - 'Resource Exhaustion': There were insufficient resources to bring the disk online.
6 - 'Critical Write Failures': There were critical write failures on the disk.
7 - 'Data Integrity Scan Required': A data integrity scan is required.
952Policy Policy
953Redundant Path Redundant Path
954Snapshot Snapshot
955Collision Collision
956Resource Exhaustion Resource Exhaustion
957Critical Write Failures Critical Write Failures
958Data Integrity Scan Required Data Integrity Scan Required
959If IsSystem is TRUE, this disk contains the system partition. If IsSystem is TRUE, this disk contains the system partition.
960If IsClustered is TRUE, this disk is used in a clustered environment. If IsClustered is TRUE, this disk is used in a clustered environment.
961This property indicates that the computer has booted off of this disk. This property indicates that the computer has booted off of this disk.
963This method will attempt to create a new partition on the disk. By default, it creates a data partition using the largest available free extent. On MBR disks, CreatePartition will automatically create an extended partition when needed. This method will attempt to create a new partition on the disk. By default, it creates a data partition using the largest available free extent. On MBR disks, CreatePartition will automatically create an extended partition when needed.
964Disk is in use Disk is in use
965The disk is read only. The disk is read only.
966The disk's partition limit has been reached. The disk's partition limit has been reached.
967The specified partition alignment is not valid. It must be a multiple of the disk's sector size. The specified partition alignment is not valid. It must be a multiple of the disk's sector size.
968The specified partition type is not valid. The specified partition type is not valid.
969Only the first 2 TB are usable on MBR disks. Only the first 2 TB are usable on MBR disks.
970The specified offset is not valid. The specified offset is not valid.
971There is no media in the device. There is no media in the device.
972Operation not supported on a non-empty removable disk. Operation not supported on a non-empty removable disk.
973The specified partition layout is invalid. The specified partition layout is invalid.
974This parameter specifies the desired size (measured in bytes) for the partition. This must be equal to or less than the size specified by the disk's LargestFreeExtent property. This parameter cannot be used with UseMaximumSize. This parameter specifies the desired size (measured in bytes) for the partition. This must be equal to or less than the size specified by the disk's LargestFreeExtent property. This parameter cannot be used with UseMaximumSize.
975If set to TRUE, the partition will fill the largest free extent on the disk. This parameter cannot be used with the Size parameter. If set to TRUE, the partition will fill the largest free extent on the disk. This parameter cannot be used with the Size parameter.
977This parameter allows the user to specify a drive letter for the partition at the time of creation. This parameter cannot be used in conjunction with AssignDriveLetter. If both parameters are specified, an Invalid Parameter error will be returned. If the drive letter is not available, the partition will be created, but error '42002' will be returned. This parameter allows the user to specify a drive letter for the partition at the time of creation. This parameter cannot be used in conjunction with AssignDriveLetter. If both parameters are specified, an Invalid Parameter error will be returned. If the drive letter is not available, the partition will be created, but error '42002' will be returned.
978If AssignDriveLetter is set to TRUE, the next available drive letter will be assigned to the created partition. If no more drive letters are available, the partition will be created with no drive letter. This parameter cannot be used in conjunction with DriveLetter. If both parameters are specified, an Invalid Parameter error will be returned. If AssignDriveLetter is set to TRUE, the next available drive letter will be assigned to the created partition. If no more drive letters are available, the partition will be created with no drive letter. This parameter cannot be used in conjunction with DriveLetter. If both parameters are specified, an Invalid Parameter error will be returned.
979Specifies the MBR partition type. MbrType can only be set if the disk's PartitionStyle property is set to 1 - 'MBR', otherwise an error will be returned. If this parameter is not specified, CreatePartition will default to type 6 - 'Huge'. Specifies the MBR partition type. MbrType can only be set if the disk's PartitionStyle property is set to 1 - 'MBR', otherwise an error will be returned. If this parameter is not specified, CreatePartition will default to type 6 - 'Huge'.
980Specifies the GPT partition type. GptType is only valid if the disk's PartitionStyle property is set to 2 - 'GPT', otherwise an error will be returned. If this parameter is not specified, CreatePartition will default to {ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7} - 'Basic Data'. Specifies the GPT partition type. GptType is only valid if the disk's PartitionStyle property is set to 2 - 'GPT', otherwise an error will be returned. If this parameter is not specified, CreatePartition will default to {ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7} - 'Basic Data'.
981If TRUE, the partition will not be able to receive a drive letter assignment, nor will mount manager assign a volume GUID name. The partition will not be enumerated by the FindFirstVolume and FindNextVolume functions. The partition can be opened by its associated volume device name (i.e. \?GLOBALROOT\Device\HarddiskVolumeX). If TRUE, the partition will not be able to receive a drive letter assignment, nor will mount manager assign a volume GUID name. The partition will not be enumerated by the FindFirstVolume and FindNextVolume functions. The partition can be opened by its associated volume device name (i.e. \?GLOBALROOT\Device\HarddiskVolumeX).
982If TRUE, the partition's MBR active bit will be set, and the partition will become bootable. This parameter is only valid for MBR disks. If TRUE, the partition's MBR active bit will be set, and the partition will become bootable. This parameter is only valid for MBR disks.
983This method initializes a RAW disk with a particular partition style. If no partition style is specified, GPT will be selected by default. If the disk is already initialized, this method will fail with a well defined error code. This method initializes a RAW disk with a particular partition style. If no partition style is specified, GPT will be selected by default. If the disk is already initialized, this method will fail with a well defined error code.
984The disk has already been initialized. The disk has already been initialized.
985The disk is not large enough to support a GPT partition style. The disk is not large enough to support a GPT partition style.
986Specifies the desired partition style for the disk. If no value is given, Initialize will default to 2 - 'GPT'. Specifies the desired partition style for the disk. If no value is given, Initialize will default to 2 - 'GPT'.
987This method removes partition information and uninitializes a disk, sending it back into a RAW state. The caller must specify RemoveData, RemoveOEM or both with this method unless they first delete all data partitions, known OEM partitions, and ESP partitions on the disk. This requirement excludes metadata partitions such as the MSR, the LDM metadata partition, and unknown OEM partitions. This method removes partition information and uninitializes a disk, sending it back into a RAW state. The caller must specify RemoveData, RemoveOEM or both with this method unless they first delete all data partitions, known OEM partitions, and ESP partitions on the disk. This requirement excludes metadata partitions such as the MSR, the LDM metadata partition, and unknown OEM partitions.
988Cannot clear with OEM partitions present. To clear OEM partitions, use the RemoveOEM flag. Cannot clear with OEM partitions present. To clear OEM partitions, use the RemoveOEM flag.
989Cannot clear with data partitions present. To clear data partitions, use the RemoveData flag. Cannot clear with data partitions present. To clear data partitions, use the RemoveData flag.
991This parameter indicates that it is OK to remove data partitions from the disk. If this parameter is FALSE or NULL, Clear will fail in the presence of a data partition. This parameter indicates that it is OK to remove data partitions from the disk. If this parameter is FALSE or NULL, Clear will fail in the presence of a data partition.
992This parameter indicates that it is OK to remove OEM and other special partitions. If this parameter is FALSE or not specified, Clear will fail in the presence of these types of partitions. This parameter indicates that it is OK to remove OEM and other special partitions. If this parameter is FALSE or not specified, Clear will fail in the presence of these types of partitions.
993If TRUE, this parameter instructs Clear to zero out the entire disk in addition to removing all partition information. If the parameter is FALSE or NULL, only the first and last megabyte of the disk is zeroed. If TRUE, this parameter instructs Clear to zero out the entire disk in addition to removing all partition information. If the parameter is FALSE or NULL, only the first and last megabyte of the disk is zeroed.
994This method converts the partition style of an already initialized disk. This method converts the partition style of an already initialized disk.
995Operation not supported on a critical disk. Operation not supported on a critical disk.
996Cannot convert the style of a disk with data or other known partitions on it. Cannot convert the style of a disk with data or other known partitions on it.
997Takes the disk offline. Takes the disk offline.
998Brings the disk online. Brings the disk online.
999Sets various attributes and properties of the disk. The disk must be online for most attributes to be set. Sets various attributes and properties of the disk. The disk must be online for most attributes to be set.
1000If TRUE, the disk will be made read-only. If FALSE, the disk will become writable. If TRUE, the disk will be made read-only. If FALSE, the disk will become writable.
1001Sets the MBR signature of the disk. This parameter is only valid when the disk's PartitionStyle property is set to 1 - 'MBR'. An error will be returned if the disk is any other partition style. Sets the MBR signature of the disk. This parameter is only valid when the disk's PartitionStyle property is set to 1 - 'MBR'. An error will be returned if the disk is any other partition style.
1002Sets the GPT guid of the disk. This parameter is only valid when the disk's PartitionStyle property is set to 2 - 'GPT'. An error will be returned if the disk is any other partition style. Sets the GPT guid of the disk. This parameter is only valid when the disk's PartitionStyle property is set to 2 - 'GPT'. An error will be returned if the disk is any other partition style.
1003This method refreshes the cached disk layout information. This is useful when the backing disk has changed size (if the backing data store is a VHD or a virtual disk). This method refreshes the cached disk layout information. This is useful when the backing disk has changed size (if the backing data store is a VHD or a virtual disk).
1004A disk object models the operating system's concept of a disk device. The disk may be directly attached to the computer system, or a virtual disk exposed to the system through the use of a Storage Management Provider. A disk object models the operating system's concept of a disk device. The disk may be directly attached to the computer system, or a virtual disk exposed to the system through the use of a Storage Management Provider.
1006A system set description of the capabilities of the resiliency setting, including (but not limited to) when a setting should be used, its strengths and drawbacks, performance information, and any other information that the vendor feels is helpful to the user. A system set description of the capabilities of the resiliency setting, including (but not limited to) when a setting should be used, its strengths and drawbacks, performance information, and any other information that the vendor feels is helpful to the user.
1007This field reports the minimum number of complete copies of data that will be maintained by the storage pool. This field reports the minimum number of complete copies of data that will be maintained by the storage pool.
1008This field reports the maximum number of complete copies of data that can be maintained by the storage pool. This field reports the maximum number of complete copies of data that can be maintained by the storage pool.
1009This field is a user-settable preference for the number of complete data copies to maintain. Its value must be within the range defined by NumberofDataCopiesMin and NumberOfDataCopiesMax (inclusive). For new concrete pools, the default should be inherited from the corresponding primordial pool's capability. In the case of the primordial pool, the initial value for this field is left to the Storage Management Provider software. This field is a user-settable preference for the number of complete data copies to maintain. Its value must be within the range defined by NumberofDataCopiesMin and NumberOfDataCopiesMax (inclusive). For new concrete pools, the default should be inherited from the corresponding primordial pool's capability. In the case of the primordial pool, the initial value for this field is left to the Storage Management Provider software.
1010This field reports the minimum number of tolerable physical disk failures that can occur before data loss would occur. This field reports the minimum number of tolerable physical disk failures that can occur before data loss would occur.
1011This field reports the maximum number of tolerable physical disk failures that could occur before data loss would occur. This field reports the maximum number of tolerable physical disk failures that could occur before data loss would occur.
1012This field is a user-settable preference for how many physical disk failures a virtual disk should be able to withstand before data loss occurs. This field is a user-settable preference for how many physical disk failures a virtual disk should be able to withstand before data loss occurs.
1013This field describes the minimum number of underlying physical disks across which data can be striped in the common striping-based resiliency settings. This field describes the minimum number of underlying physical disks across which data can be striped in the common striping-based resiliency settings.
1014This field describes the maximum number of underlying physical disks across which data can be striped in the common striping-based resiliency settings. This field describes the maximum number of underlying physical disks across which data can be striped in the common striping-based resiliency settings.
1015This field is a user-settable preference for the number of underlying physical disks across which data should be striped. This field is a user-settable preference for the number of underlying physical disks across which data should be striped.
1016This field describes the minimum number of bytes that can form a strip in common striping-based resiliency settings. The strip is defined as the size of the portion of a stripe that lies on one physical disk. This field describes the minimum number of bytes that can form a strip in common striping-based resiliency settings. The strip is defined as the size of the portion of a stripe that lies on one physical disk.
1017This field describes the maximum number of bytes that can form a strip in common striping-based resiliency settings. The strip is defined as the size of the portion of a stripe that lies on one physical disk. This field describes the maximum number of bytes that can form a strip in common striping-based resiliency settings. The strip is defined as the size of the portion of a stripe that lies on one physical disk.
1018This field describes the desired number of bytes that will form a strip in common striping-based resiliency settings. The strip is defined as the size of the portion of a stripe that lies on one physical disk. Thus, Interleave * NumberOfColumns will yield the total size of one stripe. This field describes the desired number of bytes that will form a strip in common striping-based resiliency settings. The strip is defined as the size of the portion of a stripe that lies on one physical disk. Thus, Interleave * NumberOfColumns will yield the total size of one stripe.
1019This field specifies whether a parity-based resiliency setting is using a rotated or non-rotated parity layout. If the resiliency setting is not parity based, this field must be set to NULL This field specifies whether a parity-based resiliency setting is using a rotated or non-rotated parity layout. If the resiliency setting is not parity based, this field must be set to NULL
1021The desired number of full data copies to maintain. This value must be between NumberofDataCopiesMin and NumberofDataCopiesMax. The desired number of full data copies to maintain. This value must be between NumberofDataCopiesMin and NumberofDataCopiesMax.
1022The desired level of physical disk failure tolerance. This value must be between PhyscialDiskRedundancyMin and PhysicalDiskRedundancyMax. The desired level of physical disk failure tolerance. This value must be between PhyscialDiskRedundancyMin and PhysicalDiskRedundancyMax.
1023Specifies the desired number of physical disks to stripe data across. This value must be between NumberOfColumnsMin and NumberofColumnsMax. Specifies the desired number of physical disks to stripe data across. This value must be between NumberOfColumnsMin and NumberofColumnsMax.
1024If TRUE, this field instructs the storage provider (or subsystem) to automatically pick what it determines to be the best number of columns for this resiliency setting. If this field is TRUE, then the NumberOfColumnsDefault parameter must be NULL. If TRUE, this field instructs the storage provider (or subsystem) to automatically pick what it determines to be the best number of columns for this resiliency setting. If this field is TRUE, then the NumberOfColumnsDefault parameter must be NULL.
1025Specifies the desired size of a data strip on a single physical disk in a striping based resiliency setting. This value must be between InterleaveMin and InterleaveMax. Specifies the desired size of a data strip on a single physical disk in a striping based resiliency setting. This value must be between InterleaveMin and InterleaveMax.
1026ResiliencySetting is a detailed description of the resiliency capabilities offered by a storage pool. A storage pool can have one or more of these settings. It specifies a series of properties with a minimum, maximum, and default value. The minimum and maximum values may not reflect the current capabilities of the storage pool, but rather the ideal range of capabilities offered by the subsystem. The default values will be used when creating new virtual disks unless overridden. ResiliencySetting is a detailed description of the resiliency capabilities offered by a storage pool. A storage pool can have one or more of these settings. It specifies a series of properties with a minimum, maximum, and default value. The minimum and maximum values may not reflect the current capabilities of the storage pool, but rather the ideal range of capabilities offered by the subsystem. The default values will be used when creating new virtual disks unless overridden.
1027FriendlyName is a user-friendly name of the target port. FriendlyName is a user-friendly name of the target port.
1028This field is the node identifier / address.
For Fibre Channel networks, this field should be the World-Wide Name (WWN) for the port, formatted as a hexadecimal string (16 characters long), with the most significant byte first. For example, a WWN address of 01:23:45:67:89:AB:CD:EF should be represented as 0123456789ABCDEF.
For iSCSI networks, this field should be the IQN.		 This field is the node identifier / address.
For Fibre Channel networks, this field should be the World-Wide Name (WWN) for the port, formatted as a hexadecimal string (16 characters long), with the most significant byte first. For example, a WWN address of 01:23:45:67:89:AB:CD:EF should be represented as 0123456789ABCDEF.
For iSCSI networks, this field should be the IQN.
1029The identifier of the controller to which this port belongs The identifier of the controller to which this port belongs
1030Denotes the role of this controller port. For iSCSI, this port must act as either a target or an initiator endpoint. Other transports allow a port to act as both an initiator and a target. Denotes the role of this controller port. For iSCSI, this port must act as either a target or an initiator endpoint. Other transports allow a port to act as both an initiator and a target.
1031Initiator Initiator
1032Target Target
1033Both Initiator and Target Both Initiator and Target
1034In some circumstances, a target port may be identifiable as a front-end or back-end port. For example: a storage array might have back-end ports to communicate with physical disks, and front-end ports to communicate with hosts. If there is no restriction on the use of the port, then the value should be set to 4 - 'Not restricted'. In some circumstances, a target port may be identifiable as a front-end or back-end port. For example: a storage array might have back-end ports to communicate with physical disks, and front-end ports to communicate with hosts. If there is no restriction on the use of the port, then the value should be set to 4 - 'Not restricted'.
1035Front-end only Front-end only
1036Back-end only Back-end only
1037Not restricted Not restricted
1038Indicates the current operating status of the target port. Indicates the current operating status of the target port.
1039Parallel SCSI Parallel SCSI
1040IEEE 1394 IEEE 1394
1041RDMA RDMA
1042ADT ADT
1043A string representation of the vendor defined connection type. This field should only be set if ConnectionType is set to 1 - 'Other'. A string representation of the vendor defined connection type. This field should only be set if ConnectionType is set to 1 - 'Other'.
1044Ethernet Ethernet
1045IB IB
1046FC FC
1047FDDI FDDI
1048ATM ATM
1049Token Ring Token Ring
1050Frame Relay Frame Relay
1051Infrared Infrared
1053Wireless LAN Wireless LAN
1054A string representation of the vendor defined link technology. This field should only be set if LinkTechnology is set to 1 - 'Other'. A string representation of the vendor defined link technology. This field should only be set if LinkTechnology is set to 1 - 'Other'.
1055The current bandwidth of the port in bits per second. For ports that vary in bandwidth or for those where no accurate estimation can be made, this property should contain the nominal bandwidth for the port. The current bandwidth of the port in bits per second. For ports that vary in bandwidth or for those where no accurate estimation can be made, this property should contain the nominal bandwidth for the port.
1056bits/sec bits/sec
1057The maximum bandwidth of the port in bits per second The maximum bandwidth of the port in bits per second
1058An array of strings that represent the various network addresses for the target port. The type and format of these addresses depend on the PortType. An array of strings that represent the various network addresses for the target port. The type and format of these addresses depend on the PortType.
1059Indicates the specific mode currently enabled for the port. If the port is logged in, this will be the negotiated port type. Otherwise, the configured port type will be reported. Indicates the specific mode currently enabled for the port. If the port is logged in, this will be the negotiated port type. Otherwise, the configured port type will be reported.
1060N N
1061NL NL
1062F/NL F/NL
1063Nx Nx
1064E E
1065F F
1066FL FL
1067B B
1068G G
106910BaseT 10BaseT
107010-100BaseT 10-100BaseT
1071100BaseT 100BaseT
10721000BaseT 1000BaseT
10732500BaseT 2500BaseT
107410GBaseT 10GBaseT
107510GBase-CX4 10GBase-CX4
1076100Base-FX 100Base-FX
1077100Base-SX 100Base-SX
10781000Base-SX 1000Base-SX
10791000Base-LX 1000Base-LX
10801000Base-CX 1000Base-CX
108110GBase-SR 10GBase-SR
108210GBase-SW 10GBase-SW
108310GBase-LX4 10GBase-LX4
108410GBase-LR 10GBase-LR
108510GBase-LW 10GBase-LW
108610GBase-ER 10GBase-ER
108710GBase-EW 10GBase-EW
1088A target port represents an instance of an endpoint in a storage subsystem with associated properties for showing and hiding virtual disks. Fibre Channel, Serial Attached SCSI, or iSCSI ports within a storage subsystem controller are all examples of target ports. A target port represents an instance of an endpoint in a storage subsystem with associated properties for showing and hiding virtual disks. Fibre Channel, Serial Attached SCSI, or iSCSI ports within a storage subsystem controller are all examples of target ports.
1089The IPv4 address that this portal / endpoint uses. The IPv4 address that this portal / endpoint uses.
1090The IPv6 address that this portal / endpoint uses. The IPv6 address that this portal / endpoint uses.
1091The mask for the IPv4 address of this portal / endpoint, if one is defined. The mask for the IPv4 address of this portal / endpoint, if one is defined.
1092The port number used by this portal / endpoint The port number used by this portal / endpoint
1093TargetPortal is an endpoint used by IP based storage networks (such as iSCSI). It provides initiators the IP address for which they should discover target ports on. TargetPortal is an endpoint used by IP based storage networks (such as iSCSI). It provides initiators the IP address for which they should discover target ports on.
1094This field contains the address or unique identifier for the corresponding initiator port. This field contains the address or unique identifier for the corresponding initiator port.
1095This field specifies the type of the identifier used for initiator address. This field specifies the type of the identifier used for initiator address.
1096PortWWN PortWWN
1097Hostname Hostname
1098SwitchWWN SwitchWWN
1099SASAddress SASAddress
1100This field specifies the operating system, version, driver, and other host environment factors that influence the behavior exposed by storage systems. This field specifies the operating system, version, driver, and other host environment factors that influence the behavior exposed by storage systems.
1101When the corresponding array entry in HostType[] is "Other", this entry provides a string describing the manufacturer and OS/Environment. When the corresponding HostType[] entry is not "Other", this entry allows variations or qualifications of ClientTypes - for example, different versions of Solaris. When the corresponding array entry in HostType[] is "Other", this entry provides a string describing the manufacturer and OS/Environment. When the corresponding HostType[] entry is not "Other", this entry allows variations or qualifications of ClientTypes - for example, different versions of Solaris.
1102Allows the user to delete an instance of an initiator id Allows the user to delete an instance of an initiator id
1103This object represents the storage subsystem's view of an initiator port. This is used in conjunction with target port to establish which initiator port is allowed to access to the subsystem's virtual disks. This object represents the storage subsystem's view of an initiator port. This is used in conjunction with target port to establish which initiator port is allowed to access to the subsystem's virtual disks.
1104Not present Not present
1105Fabric Fabric
1106Public Loop Public Loop
1107FL Port FL Port
1108Fabric Port Fabric Port
1109Fabric expansion port Fabric expansion port
1110Generic Fabric Port Generic Fabric Port
1111Private Loop Private Loop
1112Point to Point Point to Point
1113SAS Expander SAS Expander
1114Operational Operational
1115User Offline User Offline
1116Bypassed Bypassed
1117In diagnostics mode In diagnostics mode
1118Link Down Link Down
1119Port Error Port Error
1120Loopback Loopback
1121Allows setting the NodeAddress for an iSCSI initiator port by passing an IQN as the NodeAddress string. Allows setting the NodeAddress for an iSCSI initiator port by passing an IQN as the NodeAddress string.
1122This class represents a Host Bus Adapter (HBA) an initiator port on the host system. This class represents a Host Bus Adapter (HBA) an initiator port on the host system.
1123Name is a human-readable string used to identify a storage node. Name is a human-readable string used to identify a storage node.
1124This field is an array of custom identifier for the node. If this field is set, the OtherIdentifyingInfoDescription field must also be set. This field is an array of custom identifier for the node. If this field is set, the OtherIdentifyingInfoDescription field must also be set.
1125Indicates the current status of the node. Indicates the current status of the node.
1126Up Up
1127Down Down
1128Joining Joining
1129Paused Paused
1130Represents a storage node in a cluster. Represents a storage node in a cluster.
1131Association between StorageSubSystem and StorageNode Association between StorageSubSystem and StorageNode
1132Association between Disk and Partition Association between Disk and Partition
1133Association between StorageProvider and StorageSubSystem Association between StorageProvider and StorageSubSystem
1134Association between Partition and Volume Association between Partition and Volume
1135Association between StorageSubSystem and StoragePool Association between StorageSubSystem and StoragePool
1136Association between StorageSubSystem and PhysicalDisk. This association should include all physical disks that the subsystem is aware of. Association between StorageSubSystem and PhysicalDisk. This association should include all physical disks that the subsystem is aware of.
1137Association between StorageSubSystem and VirtualDisk Association between StorageSubSystem and VirtualDisk
1138Association between StorageNode and StoragePool. Association between StorageNode and StoragePool.
1139Association between StorageNode and PhysicalDisk. Association between StorageNode and PhysicalDisk.
1140Association between StorageNode and VirtualDisk. Association between StorageNode and VirtualDisk.
1142Association between StoragePool and ResiliencySetting Association between StoragePool and ResiliencySetting
1143Association between StoragePool and VirtualDisk. This association should only exist for concrete pools. Association between StoragePool and VirtualDisk. This association should only exist for concrete pools.
1144Association between VirtualDisk and Disk Association between VirtualDisk and Disk
1145Association between StorageSubSystem and TargetPort Association between StorageSubSystem and TargetPort
1146Association between MaskingSet and TargetPort Association between MaskingSet and TargetPort
1147Association between StorageSubSystem and InitiatorId Association between StorageSubSystem and InitiatorId
1148Association between MaskingSet and InitiatorId Association between MaskingSet and InitiatorId
1149Association between TargetPort and VirtualDisk Association between TargetPort and VirtualDisk
1150Association between StorageSubSystem and MaskingSet Association between StorageSubSystem and MaskingSet
1151Association between MaskingSet and VirtualDisk Association between MaskingSet and VirtualDisk
1153This field indicates the class of the object which caused the indication. For example: if the object causing the indication is a storage pool, this field should be set to MSFT_StoragePool (not the vendor derived class). This field indicates the class of the object which caused the indication. For example: if the object causing the indication is a storage pool, this field should be set to MSFT_StoragePool (not the vendor derived class).
1154This field allows the Storage Management Provider (SMP) to provide a brief description explaining the indication. This field allows the Storage Management Provider (SMP) to provide a brief description explaining the indication.
1157Base storage event indication Base storage event indication
1158Storage arrival events are used whenever a storage object is added or created. Storage arrival events are used whenever a storage object is added or created.
1159Storage departure events are used whenever a storage object is removed or deleted. Storage departure events are used whenever a storage object is removed or deleted.
1160Storage modification events are used when the underlying state of an object has changed. Not all properties should be tracked (for example AllocatedSize may change so frequently that sending events would be impractical). At a minimum, an event should be sent any time an objects HealthStatus or OperationalStatus properties change. Storage modification events are used when the underlying state of an object has changed. Not all properties should be tracked (for example AllocatedSize may change so frequently that sending events would be impractical). At a minimum, an event should be sent any time an objects HealthStatus or OperationalStatus properties change.
1161This field describes the type of alert being received. This field describes the type of alert being received.
1162Thin provisioning threshold reached Thin provisioning threshold reached
1163Storage alert event Storage alert event
1165Online All Online All
1166Offline Shared Offline Shared
1167Offline All Offline All
1168Offline Internal Offline Internal
1169Describes the policy for the files that the automatic data integrity scanner will scrub.
0 - 'Off': No files will be scrubbed.
1 - 'Integrity Streams': Only files with integrity streams will be scrubbed.
2 - 'All': All files will be scrubbed.
Describes the policy for the files that the automatic data integrity scanner will scrub.
0 - 'Off': No files will be scrubbed.
1 - 'Integrity Streams': Only files with integrity streams will be scrubbed.
2 - 'All': All files will be scrubbed.
1170Off Off
1171Integrity Streams Integrity Streams
1172All All
1178Gets the current state of all storage settings for the computer. Gets the current state of all storage settings for the computer.
1179Sets the state of various storage settings on this computer. Only the parameters specified will be set on the system. Sets the state of various storage settings on this computer. Only the parameters specified will be set on the system.
1180Updates the internal cache of software objects (i.e. Disks, Partitions, Volumes). This is useful if there was extensive change to the storage layout exposed to that computer. Updates the internal cache of software objects (i.e. Disks, Partitions, Volumes). This is useful if there was extensive change to the storage layout exposed to that computer.
1181This class manages various operating system wide settings related to storage management. This class manages various operating system wide settings related to storage management.
1182Association between VirtualDisk and PhysicalDisk. A virtual disk and a physical disk are associated when the virtual disk has data residing on the physical disk. Association between VirtualDisk and PhysicalDisk. A virtual disk and a physical disk are associated when the virtual disk has data residing on the physical disk.
1183The point in time that the virtual disks were synchronized. The point in time that the virtual disks were synchronized.
1184Boolean indicating whether synchronization is maintained. Boolean indicating whether synchronization is maintained.
1186Initialized Initialized
1187Unsynchronized Unsynchronized
1188Synchronized Synchronized
1189Broken Broken
1190Fractured Fractured
1191Inactive Inactive
1192Failedover Failedover
1193Prepared Prepared
1194Skewed Skewed
1195Mixed Mixed
1196RequestedCopyState is an integer enumeration that indicates the last requested or desired state for the association. The actual state of the association is represented by CopyState. Note that when CopyState reaches the requested state, this property will be set to 'Not Applicable. RequestedCopyState is an integer enumeration that indicates the last requested or desired state for the association. The actual state of the association is represented by CopyState. Note that when CopyState reaches the requested state, this property will be set to 'Not Applicable.
1197SyncType describes the intended outcome of the replication. Values are:
6 - 'Mirror': create and maintain a copy of the source.
7 - 'Snapshot': create a point-in-time, virtual copy of the source.
8 - 'Clone': create a point-in-time, full copy the source.		 SyncType describes the intended outcome of the replication. Values are:
6 - 'Mirror': create and maintain a copy of the source.
7 - 'Snapshot': create a point-in-time, virtual copy of the source.
8 - 'Clone': create a point-in-time, full copy the source.
1198Mirror Mirror
1199Clone Clone
1200Mode describes whether the target elements will be updated synchronously or asynchronously. If NULL, implementation decides the mode. Mode describes whether the target elements will be updated synchronously or asynchronously. If NULL, implementation decides the mode.
1201Synchronous Synchronous
1202Asynchronous Asynchronous
1204Initializing Initializing
1205Preparing Preparing
1206Synchronizing Synchronizing
1207Resyncing Resyncing
1208Restoring Restoring
1209Fracturing Fracturing
1210Splitting Splitting
1211Failing over Failing over
1212Failing back Failing back
1213Aborting Aborting
1214Suspending Suspending
1215Requires fracture Requires fracture
1216Requires resync Requires resync
1217Requires activate Requires activate
1218Detaching Detaching
1219Specifies the percent of the work completed to reach synchronization. Must be set to NULL if implementation is not capable of providing this information. Specifies the percent of the work completed to reach synchronization. Must be set to NULL if implementation is not capable of providing this information.
1220CopyType describes the Replication Policy. Values are:
2 - 'Async': create and maintain an asynchronous copy of the source.
3 - 'Sync': create and maintain a synchronized copy of the source.
4 - 'UnSyncAssoc': create an unsynchronized copy and maintain an association to the source.
5 - 'UnSyncUnAssoc': create an unsynchronized copy with a temporary association that is deleted upon completion of the copy operation.		 CopyType describes the Replication Policy. Values are:
2 - 'Async': create and maintain an asynchronous copy of the source.
3 - 'Sync': create and maintain a synchronized copy of the source.
4 - 'UnSyncAssoc': create an unsynchronized copy and maintain an association to the source.
5 - 'UnSyncUnAssoc': create an unsynchronized copy with a temporary association that is deleted upon completion of the copy operation.
1221Async Async
1222Sync Sync
1223UnSyncAssoc UnSyncAssoc
1224UnSyncUnAssoc UnSyncUnAssoc
1225ReplicaType provides information on how the Replica is being maintained. Values are:
2 - 'Full Copy': This indicates that a full copy of the source object is (or will be) generated .
3 - 'Before Delta': This indicates that the source object will be maintained as a delta data from the replica.
4 - 'After Delta': This indicates that the replica will be maintained as delta data from the source object.
5 - 'Log': This indicates that the replica object is being maintained as a log of changes to the source.
0 - 'Not Specified': The method of maintaining the copy is not specified.		 ReplicaType provides information on how the Replica is being maintained. Values are:
2 - 'Full Copy': This indicates that a full copy of the source object is (or will be) generated .
3 - 'Before Delta': This indicates that the source object will be maintained as a delta data from the replica.
4 - 'After Delta': This indicates that the replica will be maintained as delta data from the source object.
5 - 'Log': This indicates that the replica object is being maintained as a log of changes to the source.
0 - 'Not Specified': The method of maintaining the copy is not specified.
1226Not Specified Not Specified
1227Full Copy Full Copy
1228Before Delta Before Delta
1229After Delta After Delta
1230Log Log
1231SyncState describes the state of the association with respect to Replication activity. Values are:
2 - 'Initialized': The link to enable replication is established and source/replica elements are associated, but the Copy engine has not started.
3 - 'PrepareInProgress': Preparation for Replication is in progress and the Copy engine has started.
4 - 'Prepared': All necessary preparation has completed.
5 - 'ResyncInProgress': Synchronization or Resynchronization is in progress. This may be the initial 'copy' or subsequent changes being copied.
6 - 'Synchronized': An Async or Sync replication is currently synchronized. When this value is set, SyncMaintained will be true.
7 - 'FractureInProgress': An operation to fracture an Async or Sync replication is in progress.
8 - 'QuiesceInProgress': A quiesce operation is in progress.
9 - 'Quiesced': The replication has been quiesced and is ready for a change.
10 - 'RestoreInProgress': An operation is in progress to copy the Synced object to the System object.
11 - 'Idle': The 'normal' state for an UnSyncAssoc replica.
12 - 'Broken': The relationship is non-functional due to errors in the source, the target, the path between the two or space constraints.
13 - 'Fractured': An Async or Sync replication is fractured.
14 - 'Frozen': All blocks copied from source to an UnSyncAssoc replica and the copy engine is stopped.
15 - 'CopyInProgress': A deferred background copy operation is in progress to copy the source to the replica target for an UnSyncAssoc association.
SyncState describes the state of the association with respect to Replication activity. Values are:
2 - 'Initialized': The link to enable replication is established and source/replica elements are associated, but the Copy engine has not started.
3 - 'PrepareInProgress': Preparation for Replication is in progress and the Copy engine has started.
4 - 'Prepared': All necessary preparation has completed.
5 - 'ResyncInProgress': Synchronization or Resynchronization is in progress. This may be the initial 'copy' or subsequent changes being copied.
6 - 'Synchronized': An Async or Sync replication is currently synchronized. When this value is set, SyncMaintained will be true.
7 - 'FractureInProgress': An operation to fracture an Async or Sync replication is in progress.
8 - 'QuiesceInProgress': A quiesce operation is in progress.
9 - 'Quiesced': The replication has been quiesced and is ready for a change.
10 - 'RestoreInProgress': An operation is in progress to copy the Synced object to the System object.
11 - 'Idle': The 'normal' state for an UnSyncAssoc replica.
12 - 'Broken': The relationship is non-functional due to errors in the source, the target, the path between the two or space constraints.
13 - 'Fractured': An Async or Sync replication is fractured.
14 - 'Frozen': All blocks copied from source to an UnSyncAssoc replica and the copy engine is stopped.
15 - 'CopyInProgress': A deferred background copy operation is in progress to copy the source to the replica target for an UnSyncAssoc association.
1232PrepareInProgress PrepareInProgress
1233ResyncInProgress ResyncInProgress
1234Fracture In Progress Fracture In Progress
1235QuiesceInProgress QuiesceInProgress
1236Quiesced Quiesced
1237Restore In Progresss Restore In Progresss
1238Idle Idle
1239Frozen Frozen
1240Copy In Progress Copy In Progress
1241CopyPriority allows the priority of background copy engine I/O to be managed relative to host I/O operations during a sequential background copy operation. Values are:
1 - 'Low': copy engine I/O lower priority than host I/O.
2 - 'Same': copy engine I/O has the same priority as host I/O.
3 - 'High': copy engine I/O has higher priority than host I/O.		 CopyPriority allows the priority of background copy engine I/O to be managed relative to host I/O operations during a sequential background copy operation. Values are:
1 - 'Low': copy engine I/O lower priority than host I/O.
2 - 'Same': copy engine I/O has the same priority as host I/O.
3 - 'High': copy engine I/O has higher priority than host I/O.
1242Not Managed Not Managed
1243Low Low
1244Same Same
1245High High
1247Implementation decides Implementation decides
1248Incremental-Copy Incremental-Copy
1249Differential-Copy Differential-Copy
1250Copy-On-Write Copy-On-Write
1251Copy-On-Access Copy-On-Access
1252Delta-Update Delta-Update
1253Snap-And-Clone Snap-And-Clone
1254Association between VirtualDisk and VirtualDisk Snapshots / Clones Association between VirtualDisk and VirtualDisk Snapshots / Clones
1255Association between InitiatorId and VirtualDisk Association between InitiatorId and VirtualDisk
1256Association between TargetPort and TargetPortal Association between TargetPort and TargetPortal
1257Association between a StorageJob and objects affected by the job's operation. Instances of this association should only exist once the storage job has been completed, and should remain for a period of time (recommended 24-hours) after. Association between a StorageJob and objects affected by the job's operation. Instances of this association should only exist once the storage job has been completed, and should remain for a period of time (recommended 24-hours) after.
1258ISO ISO
1259VHD VHD
1260VHDX VHDX
1261Indicates that the drive letter shouldn't be assigned after attach. Indicates that the drive letter shouldn't be assigned after attach.
1262Represents a disk image on the system. Represents a disk image on the system.
1263SetDisk SetDisk
1264SetPartition SetPartition
1265SetPhysicalDisk SetPhysicalDisk
1266SetStoragePool SetStoragePool
1267SetVirtualDisk SetVirtualDisk
1268SetStorageTier SetStorageTier
1269AddPhysicalDisk AddPhysicalDisk
1270RemovePhysicalDisk RemovePhysicalDisk
1271Private methods used for mapping cmdlets to WMI methods. These methods should not be used directly and can change without notice. Private methods used for mapping cmdlets to WMI methods. These methods should not be used directly and can change without notice.
1272Supports transfer of data using tokens across different subystems. Supports transfer of data using tokens across different subystems.
1273Maximum number of tokens avaiable per subsystem Maximum number of tokens avaiable per subsystem
1274Number of tokens in use for the subsystem. Number of tokens in use for the subsystem.
1275This class exposes offload data transfer (ODX) settings for a subsystem. This class exposes offload data transfer (ODX) settings for a subsystem.
1276Association between StorageSubSystem and OffloadDataTransferSettings Association between StorageSubSystem and OffloadDataTransferSettings
1277Association between DiskImage and Volume Association between DiskImage and Volume
1278Association between StorageSubsystem and TargetPortal Association between StorageSubsystem and TargetPortal
1279Gets the file integrity information for the specified file. Gets the file integrity information for the specified file.
1280The file to get the integrity information for. The file to get the integrity information for.
1281The file integrity information. The file integrity information.
1282Scrubs the data for the specified file. Scrubs the data for the specified file.
1283The file to scrub. The file to scrub.
1284Sets the file integrity state for the specified file. Sets the file integrity state for the specified file.
1285The file to set the integrity information for. The file to set the integrity information for.
1286Specifies whether or not integrity streams are enabled for this file. Specifies whether or not integrity streams are enabled for this file.
1287Specifies whether or not integrity streams are enforced for this file. Specifies whether or not integrity streams are enforced for this file.
1288This class manages file integrity. This class manages file integrity.
1290The current temperature of the storage device in Celsius. The current temperature of the storage device in Celsius.
1291The maximum temperature in Celsius at which the storage device is capable of normal operation. The maximum temperature in Celsius at which the storage device is capable of normal operation.
1292Total read errors encountered by the storage device. Total read errors encountered by the storage device.
1293Read errors corrected by the storage device. Read errors corrected by the storage device.
1294Read errors not corrected by the storage device. Read errors not corrected by the storage device.
1295Total write errors encountered by the storage device. Total write errors encountered by the storage device.
1296Write errors corrected by the storage device. Write errors corrected by the storage device.
1297Write errors not corrected by the storage device. Write errors not corrected by the storage device.
1298Year and week of storage device manufacture. Year and week of storage device manufacture.
1299Number of start-stop cycles performed by the storage device. Number of start-stop cycles performed by the storage device.
1301Number of load-unload cycles performed by the storage device. Number of load-unload cycles performed by the storage device.
1303Storage device wear indicator, in percentage. At 100 percent, the estimated wear limit will have been reached. Storage device wear indicator, in percentage. At 100 percent, the estimated wear limit will have been reached.
1304Length of time, in hours, the storage device has been powered on since manufacture. Length of time, in hours, the storage device has been powered on since manufacture.
1306This error is of the type 'Software Error'. This error is of the type 'Software Error'.
1307Corresponds to the SMP's StorageProvider.Name field. Corresponds to the SMP's StorageProvider.Name field.
1308This field is the message displayed to the user. %1 should be replaced with the corresponding storage provider's Name field. %2 should be replaced with the error message. This field is the message displayed to the user. %1 should be replaced with the corresponding storage provider's Name field. %2 should be replaced with the error message.
1309This error is informative only. This error is informative only.
1310This field should contain the CIM Object Path to the SMP storage provider object. This field should contain the CIM Object Path to the SMP storage provider object.
1311ErrorSourceFormat should be the CIM Object Path. ErrorSourceFormat should be the CIM Object Path.
1313This field denotes the specific error code used for 'Cache out of date'. This field denotes the specific error code used for 'Cache out of date'.
1314This field is the message displayed to the user. %1 should be replaced with the corresponding storage provider's Name field. %2 can be replaced with extra error information. This field is the message displayed to the user. %1 should be replaced with the corresponding storage provider's Name field. %2 can be replaced with extra error information.
1315This field denotes the specific error code used for 'Access Denied'. This field denotes the specific error code used for 'Access Denied'.
1316This field is the message displayed to the user. %1 should be replaced with the corresponding storage provider's Name field. %2 should be replaced with the subsystem FriendlyName. %3 can be replaced with extra error information. This field is the message displayed to the user. %1 should be replaced with the corresponding storage provider's Name field. %2 should be replaced with the subsystem FriendlyName. %3 can be replaced with extra error information.
1317This field denotes the specific error code used for 'Not in Cache'. This field denotes the specific error code used for 'Not in Cache'.
1318Denotes whether this subsystem supports automatic object clustering. Denotes whether this subsystem supports automatic object clustering.
1320SetStorageSubSystem SetStorageSubSystem
1322This parameter allows the user to specify the FriendlyName at the time of the volume creation. FriendlyNames are expected to be descriptive, however they are not required to be unique. The filesystem's label will also be set to this friendly name. This parameter allows the user to specify the FriendlyName at the time of the volume creation. FriendlyNames are expected to be descriptive, however they are not required to be unique. The filesystem's label will also be set to this friendly name.
1323Specifies the file system to format the created volume. Specifying a CSV file system is only supported on a storage spaces subsystem. For CSV the pool must be clusterable and the volume created will be a cluster shared volume. Specifies the file system to format the created volume. Specifying a CSV file system is only supported on a storage spaces subsystem. For CSV the pool must be clusterable and the volume created will be a cluster shared volume.
1324If set to a valid access path, the system will attempt to use this path as a way to access the local volume. If the access path could not be set, or this parameter was left NULL, a new access path will be automatically assigned. If set to a valid access path, the system will attempt to use this path as a way to access the local volume. If the access path could not be set, or this parameter was left NULL, a new access path will be automatically assigned.
1325Manual-Discovery Manual-Discovery
1326This method sets the attributes of the provider. This method sets the attributes of the provider.
1328Disabled Disabled
1329This method is used to flush the cached data in the volume's file system to disk. This method is used to flush the cached data in the volume's file system to disk.
1333NVMe NVMe
1334PassThroughIds is a comma-separated list of all implementation specific keys. It is used by storage management applications to access the vendor proprietary object model. This field should be in the form: key1='value1',key2='value2'. PassThroughIds is a comma-separated list of all implementation specific keys. It is used by storage management applications to access the vendor proprietary object model. This field should be in the form: key1='value1',key2='value2'.
1335A string that uniquely identifies the entity that owns the definition of the format of the Message described in this instance. OwningEntity must include a copyrighted, trademarked or otherwise unique name that is owned by the business entity or standards body defining the format. A string that uniquely identifies the entity that owns the definition of the format of the Message described in this instance. OwningEntity must include a copyrighted, trademarked or otherwise unique name that is owned by the business entity or standards body defining the format.
1336Indicates whether this physical disk is partially consumed by a system or service whose use is outside of normal storage pool operations. Indicates whether this physical disk is partially consumed by a system or service whose use is outside of normal storage pool operations.
1337Friendly name of the storage tier, defined by the user Friendly name of the storage tier, defined by the user
1339This method deletes the storage tier. This method is available only when the SupportsStorageTierDeletion property on the storage subsystem is set to TRUE. If it is set to FALSE, this method will fail with MI_RESULT_NOT_SUPPORTED. This method deletes the storage tier. This method is available only when the SupportsStorageTierDeletion property on the storage subsystem is set to TRUE. If it is set to FALSE, this method will fail with MI_RESULT_NOT_SUPPORTED.
1341Specifies the name of the resiliency setting that should be used when determining the supported sizes. Note that the sizes returned may be different depending on the resiliency setting. Specifies the name of the resiliency setting that should be used when determining the supported sizes. Note that the sizes returned may be different depending on the resiliency setting.
1342This output parameter will contain an array of all of the supported sizes for the storage tier. This parameter may be NULL if the number of supported sizes is large, but is useful for storage tiers that only support a select number of tier sizes. This output parameter will contain an array of all of the supported sizes for the storage tier. This parameter may be NULL if the number of supported sizes is large, but is useful for storage tiers that only support a select number of tier sizes.
1343A user-settable, display-oriented string representing the name of the virtual disk. A user-settable, display-oriented string representing the name of the virtual disk.
1344Indicates the current operating conditions of the virtual disk. Unlike HealthStatus, this field indicates the status of hardware, software, and infrastructure issues related to this virtual disk, and can contain multiple values. Various operational statuses are defined.
11 - 'In Service': describes a virtual disk being configured, maintained, or otherwise administered.
0xD002 - 'Detached': This value is reserved for Windows. This value indicates a virtual disk that is visible to the host system but does not have a disk device object.
0xD003 - 'Incomplete': describes a virtual disk which does not have enough redundancy remaining to successfully repair or regenerate its data.		 Indicates the current operating conditions of the virtual disk. Unlike HealthStatus, this field indicates the status of hardware, software, and infrastructure issues related to this virtual disk, and can contain multiple values. Various operational statuses are defined.
11 - 'In Service': describes a virtual disk being configured, maintained, or otherwise administered.
0xD002 - 'Detached': This value is reserved for Windows. This value indicates a virtual disk that is visible to the host system but does not have a disk device object.
0xD003 - 'Incomplete': describes a virtual disk which does not have enough redundancy remaining to successfully repair or regenerate its data.
1345This field indicates how many backing physical disks can fail without compromising data redundancy. For example: RAID 0 cannot tolerate any failures, RAID 5 can tolerate a single drive failure, and RAID 6 can tolerate 2 failures. This field indicates how many backing physical disks can fail without compromising data redundancy. For example: RAID 0 cannot tolerate any failures, RAID 5 can tolerate a single drive failure, and RAID 6 can tolerate 2 failures.
1346This field indicates what type of parity layout is being used for parity resiliency settings. This field should be NULL if the virtual disk does not use a parity resiliency setting. This field indicates what type of parity layout is being used for parity resiliency settings. This field should be NULL if the virtual disk does not use a parity resiliency setting.
1347Size of the write cache for the virtual disk Size of the write cache for the virtual disk
1348An unexpected I/O error has occurred An unexpected I/O error has occurred
1349A snapshot error occurred while scanning this drive. You can try again, but if this problem persists, run an offline scan and fix. A snapshot error occurred while scanning this drive. You can try again, but if this problem persists, run an offline scan and fix.
1350A scan is already running on this drive. Chkdsk cannot run more than one simultaneous scan on a drive. A scan is already running on this drive. Chkdsk cannot run more than one simultaneous scan on a drive.
1351A snapshot error occurred while scanning this drive. Run an offline scan and fix. A snapshot error occurred while scanning this drive. Run an offline scan and fix.
1352Indicates whether the automatic data integrity scanner should scrub files on this volume.
True - files on this volume will be scrubbed.
False - files on this volume will not be scrubbed.		 Indicates whether the automatic data integrity scanner should scrub files on this volume.
True - files on this volume will be scrubbed.
False - files on this volume will not be scrubbed.
1353Sets whether the automatic data integrity scanner should scrub files on this volume.
True - files on this volume will be scrubbed.
False - files on this volume will not be scrubbed.		 Sets whether the automatic data integrity scanner should scrub files on this volume.
True - files on this volume will be scrubbed.
False - files on this volume will not be scrubbed.
1354Indicates the provisioning scheme to use when creating new virtual disks on this storage pool.
0 - 'Unknown': May mean that this information is unavailable, or the storage pool uses a proprietary method of allocation.
1 - 'Thin': Storage for the virtual disk is allocated on-demand.
2 - 'Fixed': Storage for the virtual disk is allocated at the time of virtual disk creation.		 Indicates the provisioning scheme to use when creating new virtual disks on this storage pool.
0 - 'Unknown': May mean that this information is unavailable, or the storage pool uses a proprietary method of allocation.
1 - 'Thin': Storage for the virtual disk is allocated on-demand.
2 - 'Fixed': Storage for the virtual disk is allocated at the time of virtual disk creation.
1355Denotes the reason why the storage pool is read-only.
1 - 'None': The pool is not read-only.
2 - 'By Policy': The administrator has either requested the pool to be read-only or has enacted a policy on the system that requires the pool to be read-only.
3 - 'Majority Disks Unhealthy': The majority of the supporting physical disks are in an unhealthy state that has forced the storage pool into a read-only state.		 Denotes the reason why the storage pool is read-only.
1 - 'None': The pool is not read-only.
2 - 'By Policy': The administrator has either requested the pool to be read-only or has enacted a policy on the system that requires the pool to be read-only.
3 - 'Majority Disks Unhealthy': The majority of the supporting physical disks are in an unhealthy state that has forced the storage pool into a read-only state.
1356This method creates a virtual disk using the resources of the storage pool. This method is available only when the SupportsVirtualDiskCreation property on the storage subsystem is set to TRUE. If it is set to FALSE, this method will fail with MI_RESULT_NOT_SUPPORTED. This method is also not supported for primordial pools.
Creating tiered virtual disks is available only when the SupportsStorageTieredVirtualDiskCreation property on the storage subsystem is set to TRUE. If it is set to FALSE, this method will fail with MI_RESULT_NOT_SUPPORTED.
CreateVirtualDisk requires only FriendlyName and Size to be specified. Sizes can be specified explicitly through the Size parameter, or you can use the maximum available space from the storage pool by specifying the UseMaximumSize parameter. Both FriendlyName and Size are treated as goals rather than hard requirements. For example, not all SMI-S based arrays support custom friendly names; however, the virtual disk creation will still succeed. If the size specified is not achieved, the actual size used for the virtual disk will be returned in the out parameter structure.
The usage of this virtual disk can be set using the Usage and OtherUsageDescription parameters. If a value for OtherUsageDescription is given, Usage must be set to 1 - 'Other', otherwise an error will be returned.
By default, the resiliency setting applied to this virtual disk will be whatever is specified in the storage pool's ResiliencySettingNameDefault property. This can be overridden using the ResiliencySettingName parameter. Note that the name given here must correspond to a resiliency setting associated with this storage pool. Any other value will result in an error.
Individual settings of the resiliency setting can be overridden using the NumberOfDataCopies, PhysicalDiskRedundancy, NumberOfColumns, and Interleave parameters. If these parameters are not used, the defaults from the resiliency setting will be used. These overrides will not persist back to the particular resiliency setting instance; however some storage providers may choose to create a new resiliency setting instance to capture this new configuration. If any of the goals specified in the override parameters are out of range, or are not supported by the storage pool, an error will be returned.
The provisioning policy for the virtual disk is determined in a similar way to the resiliency setting. If no preference is specified in the ProvisioningType parameter, the policy is determined by the storage pool's ProvisioningTypeDefault property. If the ProvisioningType parameter is specified, the default is ignored and the value specified will be used instead.
Allocation can be further controlled by the PhysicalDisksToUse parameter. There may be certain scenarios where a storage administrator wants to manually choose which physical disks should back the virtual disk. When this parameter is specified, data for the virtual disk will only be stored on the physical disks in this array and not on any others.		 This method creates a virtual disk using the resources of the storage pool. This method is available only when the SupportsVirtualDiskCreation property on the storage subsystem is set to TRUE. If it is set to FALSE, this method will fail with MI_RESULT_NOT_SUPPORTED. This method is also not supported for primordial pools.
Creating tiered virtual disks is available only when the SupportsStorageTieredVirtualDiskCreation property on the storage subsystem is set to TRUE. If it is set to FALSE, this method will fail with MI_RESULT_NOT_SUPPORTED.
CreateVirtualDisk requires only FriendlyName and Size to be specified. Sizes can be specified explicitly through the Size parameter, or you can use the maximum available space from the storage pool by specifying the UseMaximumSize parameter. Both FriendlyName and Size are treated as goals rather than hard requirements. For example, not all SMI-S based arrays support custom friendly names; however, the virtual disk creation will still succeed. If the size specified is not achieved, the actual size used for the virtual disk will be returned in the out parameter structure.
The usage of this virtual disk can be set using the Usage and OtherUsageDescription parameters. If a value for OtherUsageDescription is given, Usage must be set to 1 - 'Other', otherwise an error will be returned.
By default, the resiliency setting applied to this virtual disk will be whatever is specified in the storage pool's ResiliencySettingNameDefault property. This can be overridden using the ResiliencySettingName parameter. Note that the name given here must correspond to a resiliency setting associated with this storage pool. Any other value will result in an error.
Individual settings of the resiliency setting can be overridden using the NumberOfDataCopies, PhysicalDiskRedundancy, NumberOfColumns, and Interleave parameters. If these parameters are not used, the defaults from the resiliency setting will be used. These overrides will not persist back to the particular resiliency setting instance; however some storage providers may choose to create a new resiliency setting instance to capture this new configuration. If any of the goals specified in the override parameters are out of range, or are not supported by the storage pool, an error will be returned.
The provisioning policy for the virtual disk is determined in a similar way to the resiliency setting. If no preference is specified in the ProvisioningType parameter, the policy is determined by the storage pool's ProvisioningTypeDefault property. If the ProvisioningType parameter is specified, the default is ignored and the value specified will be used instead.
Allocation can be further controlled by the PhysicalDisksToUse parameter. There may be certain scenarios where a storage administrator wants to manually choose which physical disks should back the virtual disk. When this parameter is specified, data for the virtual disk will only be stored on the physical disks in this array and not on any others.
1357You must specify the size info (either the Size or UseMaximumSize parameter) or the tier info (the StorageTiers and StorageTierSizes parameters), but not both size info and tier info. You must specify the size info (either the Size or UseMaximumSize parameter) or the tier info (the StorageTiers and StorageTierSizes parameters), but not both size info and tier info.
1358Specifies the number of complete data copies to maintain for this virtual disk. If specified, this value will override the NumberOfDataCopiesDefault value that would have been inherited from the resiliency setting specified by ResiliencySettingName. Specifies the number of complete data copies to maintain for this virtual disk. If specified, this value will override the NumberOfDataCopiesDefault value that would have been inherited from the resiliency setting specified by ResiliencySettingName.
1359Specifies how many physical disk failures the virtual disk should be able to withstand before data loss occurs. If specified, this value will override the PhysicalDiskRedundancyDefault value that would have been inherited from the resiliency setting specified by ResiliencySettingName. Specifies how many physical disk failures the virtual disk should be able to withstand before data loss occurs. If specified, this value will override the PhysicalDiskRedundancyDefault value that would have been inherited from the resiliency setting specified by ResiliencySettingName.
1360Specifies the number of underlying physical disks across which data should be striped. If specified, this value will override the NumberOfColumnsDefault value that would have been inherited from the resiliency setting specified by ResiliencySettingName. Specifies the number of underlying physical disks across which data should be striped. If specified, this value will override the NumberOfColumnsDefault value that would have been inherited from the resiliency setting specified by ResiliencySettingName.
1361Specifies the number of bytes that should be used for a strip in the common striping-based resiliency settings. The strip is defined as the size of the portion of a stripe that lies on one physical disk. Thus Interleave * NumberOfColumns will yield the size of one stripe of user data. If this parameter is specified, this value will override the InterleaveDefault which would have been inherited from the resiliency setting specified by ResiliencySettingName. Specifies the number of bytes that should be used for a strip in the common striping-based resiliency settings. The strip is defined as the size of the portion of a stripe that lies on one physical disk. Thus Interleave * NumberOfColumns will yield the size of one stripe of user data. If this parameter is specified, this value will override the InterleaveDefault which would have been inherited from the resiliency setting specified by ResiliencySettingName.
1362Indicates whether the provider should pick up the auto write cache size Indicates whether the provider should pick up the auto write cache size
1364Creates a storage tier template on the storage pool. This method is available only when the SupportsStorageTierCreation property on the storage subsystem is set to TRUE. If it is set to FALSE, this method will fail with MI_RESULT_NOT_SUPPORTED. This method is also not supported for primordial pools. Creates a storage tier template on the storage pool. This method is available only when the SupportsStorageTierCreation property on the storage subsystem is set to TRUE. If it is set to FALSE, this method will fail with MI_RESULT_NOT_SUPPORTED. This method is also not supported for primordial pools.
1367This output parameter will contain an array of all of the supported sizes by the storage pool. This parameter may be NULL if the number of supported sizes is large, but is useful for storage pools that support only a select number of virtual disk sizes. This output parameter will contain an array of all of the supported sizes by the storage pool. This parameter may be NULL if the number of supported sizes is large, but is useful for storage pools that support only a select number of virtual disk sizes.
1368Denotes the health of the subsystem.
0 - 'Healthy': Indicates that the subsystem is functioning normally.
1 - 'Warning': Indicates that the subsystem is still functioning, but has detected errors or issues that may require administrator intervention.
2 - 'Unhealthy': Indicates that the subsystem is not functioning due to errors or failures. The subsystem needs immediate attention from an administrator.		 Denotes the health of the subsystem.
0 - 'Healthy': Indicates that the subsystem is functioning normally.
1 - 'Warning': Indicates that the subsystem is still functioning, but has detected errors or issues that may require administrator intervention.
2 - 'Unhealthy': Indicates that the subsystem is not functioning due to errors or failures. The subsystem needs immediate attention from an administrator.
1369Tag is an identifier for the subsystem that is independent from any location-based information. Examples of a tag could be the subsystem's serial number or asset tag. Tag is an identifier for the subsystem that is independent from any location-based information. Examples of a tag could be the subsystem's serial number or asset tag.
1370If TRUE, this subsystem supports the ability to create new concrete storage pools from one or more physical disks. If FALSE, either the subsystem uses pre-created storage pools, or it does not support storage pools. If TRUE, this subsystem supports the ability to create new concrete storage pools from one or more physical disks. If FALSE, either the subsystem uses pre-created storage pools, or it does not support storage pools.
1372If TRUE, this subsystem supports the modification of the storage tier friendly name. If TRUE, this subsystem supports the modification of the storage tier friendly name.
1373Denotes whether storage tiers are supported by the subsystem. Denotes whether storage tiers are supported by the subsystem.
1374This parameter is used to specify an array of physical disk objects that will be used as the backing data storage for the created storage pool. The physical disks must come from a primordial pool on the subsystem on which you are creating this pool. Only the disks from a single primordial pool may be used. This parameter is used to specify an array of physical disk objects that will be used as the backing data storage for the created storage pool. The physical disks must come from a primordial pool on the subsystem on which you are creating this pool. Only the disks from a single primordial pool may be used.
1375Designates the host operating system or other host environment factors that may influence the behavior the storage subsystem should take when showing a virtual disk to an initiator. Designates the host operating system or other host environment factors that may influence the behavior the storage subsystem should take when showing a virtual disk to an initiator.
1377Denotes whether the provider is a stand-alone SMP provider or an SMIS provider that uses the SMIS proxy SMP. Denotes whether the provider is a stand-alone SMP provider or an SMIS provider that uses the SMIS proxy SMP.
1378This method gets the tier information for pinned files. This method gets the tier information for pinned files.
1379This method is used to pin a file to a storage tier. This method is used to pin a file to a storage tier.
1380This method is used to unpin a file from a storage tier. This method is used to unpin a file from a storage tier.
1382The operating system's number for the partition. Ordering is based on the partition's offset, relative to other partitions. This means that the value for this property may change based off of the partition configuration in the offset range preceding this partition. The operating system's number for the partition. Ordering is based on the partition's offset, relative to other partitions. This means that the value for this property may change based off of the partition configuration in the offset range preceding this partition.
1383This method adds a mount path or drive letter assignment to the partition. The AccessPath and AssignDriveLetter parameters are mutually exclusive, and will result in an invalid parameters error if both are specified at once. This method adds the access path by creating a mounted folder (also called a volume mount point). Note that mounted folders are supported only on NTFS formatted partitions. This method returns an error if the path specified in AccessPath is a folder that is already in use (even if the directory is empty) or if it contains a path to a non-empty directory. This method adds a mount path or drive letter assignment to the partition. The AccessPath and AssignDriveLetter parameters are mutually exclusive, and will result in an invalid parameters error if both are specified at once. This method adds the access path by creating a mounted folder (also called a volume mount point). Note that mounted folders are supported only on NTFS formatted partitions. This method returns an error if the path specified in AccessPath is a folder that is already in use (even if the directory is empty) or if it contains a path to a non-empty directory.
1384Takes the partition offline by dismounting the associated volume (if one exists). The partition remains offline until explicitly brought online or an access path is added to the partition. Takes the partition offline by dismounting the associated volume (if one exists). The partition remains offline until explicitly brought online or an access path is added to the partition.
1385Location contains the PnP location path of the disk. The format of this string depends on the bus type. If the bus type is SCSI, SAS, or PCI RAID, the format is #(PTL). If the bus type is IDE, ATA, PATA, or SATA, the format is #(CTL). For example, a SCSI location may look like: PCIROOT(0)#PCI(1C00)#PCI(0000)#SCSI(P00T01L01). Note: For Hyper-V and VHD images, this member is NULL because the virtual controller does not return the location path. Location contains the PnP location path of the disk. The format of this string depends on the bus type. If the bus type is SCSI, SAS, or PCI RAID, the format is #(PTL). If the bus type is IDE, ATA, PATA, or SATA, the format is #(CTL). For example, a SCSI location may look like: PCIROOT(0)#PCI(1C00)#PCI(0000)#SCSI(P00T01L01). Note: For Hyper-V and VHD images, this member is NULL because the virtual controller does not return the location path.
1386FriendlyName is a user-friendly, display-oriented string to identify the disk. FriendlyName is a user-friendly, display-oriented string to identify the disk.
1387This property indicates that the computer is configured to start off of this disk. On computers with BIOS firmware, this is the first disk that the firmware detects during startup. On computers that use EFI firmware, this is the disk that contains the EFI System Partition (ESP). If there are no disks or multiple disks with an ESP partition, this flag is not set for any disk. This property indicates that the computer is configured to start off of this disk. On computers with BIOS firmware, this is the first disk that the firmware detects during startup. On computers that use EFI firmware, this is the disk that contains the EFI System Partition (ESP). If there are no disks or multiple disks with an ESP partition, this flag is not set for any disk.
1388This parameter specifies the partition offset (measured in bytes). If the offset is not aligned and the Alignment parameter is not specified, the offset is rounded up or down to the closest alignment boundary depending on the size of the disk on which the partition is created. This parameter specifies the partition offset (measured in bytes). If the offset is not aligned and the Alignment parameter is not specified, the offset is rounded up or down to the closest alignment boundary depending on the size of the disk on which the partition is created.
1389A system set, user-friendly, display-oriented string which describes the resiliency setting. A system set, user-friendly, display-oriented string which describes the resiliency setting.
1390This method allows a user to modify the default values for this resiliency setting.The updated values will take effect only for subsequent virtual disk creations and are not retroactively applied. This method allows a user to modify the default values for this resiliency setting.The updated values will take effect only for subsequent virtual disk creations and are not retroactively applied.
1391Association between StoragePool and PhysicalDisk. Primordial storage pools should retain their association to all physical disks that originated from that pool. This means that if a physical disk has been added to a concrete pool, the disk should have an association with both its concrete and primordial pools. Association between StoragePool and PhysicalDisk. Primordial storage pools should retain their association to all physical disks that originated from that pool. This means that if a physical disk has been added to a concrete pool, the disk should have an association with both its concrete and primordial pools.
1392This field indicates the object that caused the indication. This field indicates the object that caused the indication.
1393Denotes the date and time in which the event that triggered this indication occurred. Denotes the date and time in which the event that triggered this indication occurred.
1394Denotes the perceived severity of the event from the notifier's point of view.
0 - 'Unknown': The severity is unknown or indeterminate.
2 - 'Information': The event is for informative purposes.
3 - 'Degraded/Warning': Action may be required by the user.
4 - 'Minor': Action is needed, but the situation is not serious at this time.
5 - 'Major': Immediate action is needed.
6 - 'Critical': Immediate action is needed and the scope of the issue is broad.
7 - 'Fatal/NonRecoverable': An error has occurred, but it is too late to take remedial action.
Denotes the perceived severity of the event from the notifier's point of view.
0 - 'Unknown': The severity is unknown or indeterminate.
2 - 'Information': The event is for informative purposes.
3 - 'Degraded/Warning': Action may be required by the user.
4 - 'Minor': Action is needed, but the situation is not serious at this time.
5 - 'Major': Immediate action is needed.
6 - 'Critical': Immediate action is needed and the scope of the issue is broad.
7 - 'Fatal/NonRecoverable': An error has occurred, but it is too late to take remedial action.
1395Describes the action the operating system will take when a new disk is discovered on the system. When a disk is offline, the disk layout can be read, but no volume devices are surfaced through Plug and Play (PnP). This means that no file system can be mounted on the disk. When a disk is online, one or more volume devices are installed for the disk.
1 - 'Online All': All newly discovered disks are brought online and made read-write.
2 - 'Offline Shared': All newly discovered disks that do not reside on a shared bus are brought online and made read-write.
3 - 'Offline All': All newly discovered disks remain offline and read-only.
4 - 'Offline Internal': All newly discovered disks that do not reside on a shared bus remain offline and read-only.		 Describes the action the operating system will take when a new disk is discovered on the system. When a disk is offline, the disk layout can be read, but no volume devices are surfaced through Plug and Play (PnP). This means that no file system can be mounted on the disk. When a disk is online, one or more volume devices are installed for the disk.
1 - 'Online All': All newly discovered disks are brought online and made read-write.
2 - 'Offline Shared': All newly discovered disks that do not reside on a shared bus are brought online and made read-write.
3 - 'Offline All': All newly discovered disks remain offline and read-only.
4 - 'Offline Internal': All newly discovered disks that do not reside on a shared bus remain offline and read-only.
1396CopyState describes the state of the association with respect to replication activity. Values are:
2 - 'Initialized': The link to enable replication is established and source/replica elements are associated, but the copy operation has not started.
3 - 'Unsynchronized': Not all the source element data has been copied to the target element.
4 - 'Synchronized': For the Mirror, Snapshot, or Clone replication, the target represents a copy of the source.
5 - 'Broken': The relationship is non-functional due to errors in the source, the target, the path between the two or space constraints.
6 - 'Fractured': Target is split from the source.
7 - 'Split': The target element was gracefully (or systematically) split from its source element -- consistency is guaranteed.
8 - 'Inactive': Copy operation has stopped, writes to source element will not be sent to target element.
9 - 'Suspended': Data flow between the source and target elements has stopped. Writes to source element are held until the association is resumed.
10 - 'Failedover': Reads and writes to/from the target element. Source element is not reachable.
11 - 'Prepared': Initialization completed and the copy operation started; however, the data flow has not started.
12 - 'Aborted': The copy operation is aborted with the Abort operation. Use the Resync Replica operation to restart the copy operation.
13 - 'Skewed': The target has been modified and is no longer synchronized with the source element or the point-in-time view.
14 - 'Mixed': Applies to the CopyState of GroupSynchronized. It indicates the StorageSynchronized associations of the elements in the groups have different CopyState values.		 CopyState describes the state of the association with respect to replication activity. Values are:
2 - 'Initialized': The link to enable replication is established and source/replica elements are associated, but the copy operation has not started.
3 - 'Unsynchronized': Not all the source element data has been copied to the target element.
4 - 'Synchronized': For the Mirror, Snapshot, or Clone replication, the target represents a copy of the source.
5 - 'Broken': The relationship is non-functional due to errors in the source, the target, the path between the two or space constraints.
6 - 'Fractured': Target is split from the source.
7 - 'Split': The target element was gracefully (or systematically) split from its source element -- consistency is guaranteed.
8 - 'Inactive': Copy operation has stopped, writes to source element will not be sent to target element.
9 - 'Suspended': Data flow between the source and target elements has stopped. Writes to source element are held until the association is resumed.
10 - 'Failedover': Reads and writes to/from the target element. Source element is not reachable.
11 - 'Prepared': Initialization completed and the copy operation started; however, the data flow has not started.
12 - 'Aborted': The copy operation is aborted with the Abort operation. Use the Resync Replica operation to restart the copy operation.
13 - 'Skewed': The target has been modified and is no longer synchronized with the source element or the point-in-time view.
14 - 'Mixed': Applies to the CopyState of GroupSynchronized. It indicates the StorageSynchronized associations of the elements in the groups have different CopyState values.
1397ProgressStatus describes the status of the association with respect to Replication activity. Values are:
2 - 'Completed': The request is completed. Copy operation is idle.
3 - 'Dormant': Indicates that the copy operation is inactive suspended or quiesced.
4 - 'Initializing': In the process of establishing source/replica association and the copy operation has not started.
5 - 'Preparing': preparation-in-progress.
6 - 'Synchronizing': sync-in-progress.
7 - 'Resyncing': resync-in-progress.
8 - 'Restoring': restore-in-progress.
9 - 'Fracturing': fracture-in-progress.
10 - 'Splitting': split-in-progress.
11 - 'Failing over': in the process of switching source and target.
12 - 'Failing back': Undoing the result of failover.
13 - 'Detaching': detach-in-progress.
14 - 'Aborting': abort-in-progress.
15 - 'Mixed': Applies to groups with element pairs with different statuses. Generally, the individual statuses need to be examined.
16 - 'Suspending': The copy operation is in the process of being suspended.
17 - 'Requires fracture': The requested operation has completed, however, the synchronization relationship needs to be fractured before further copy operations can be issued.
18 - 'Requires resync': The requested operation has completed, however, the synchronization relationship needs to be resynced before further copy operations can be issued.
19 - 'Requires activate': The requested operation has completed, however, the synchronization relationship needs to be activated before further copy operations can be issued.
20 - 'Pending': The flow of data has stopped momentarily due to limited bandwidth or busy system.		 ProgressStatus describes the status of the association with respect to Replication activity. Values are:
2 - 'Completed': The request is completed. Copy operation is idle.
3 - 'Dormant': Indicates that the copy operation is inactive suspended or quiesced.
4 - 'Initializing': In the process of establishing source/replica association and the copy operation has not started.
5 - 'Preparing': preparation-in-progress.
6 - 'Synchronizing': sync-in-progress.
7 - 'Resyncing': resync-in-progress.
8 - 'Restoring': restore-in-progress.
9 - 'Fracturing': fracture-in-progress.
10 - 'Splitting': split-in-progress.
11 - 'Failing over': in the process of switching source and target.
12 - 'Failing back': Undoing the result of failover.
13 - 'Detaching': detach-in-progress.
14 - 'Aborting': abort-in-progress.
15 - 'Mixed': Applies to groups with element pairs with different statuses. Generally, the individual statuses need to be examined.
16 - 'Suspending': The copy operation is in the process of being suspended.
17 - 'Requires fracture': The requested operation has completed, however, the synchronization relationship needs to be fractured before further copy operations can be issued.
18 - 'Requires resync': The requested operation has completed, however, the synchronization relationship needs to be resynced before further copy operations can be issued.
19 - 'Requires activate': The requested operation has completed, however, the synchronization relationship needs to be activated before further copy operations can be issued.
20 - 'Pending': The flow of data has stopped momentarily due to limited bandwidth or busy system.
1398CopyMethodology specifies what copy methodology the copy engine uses to create and/or maintain the target element. Values are:
0 - 'Not Specified': The method of maintaining the copy is not specified.
3 - 'Full Copy': This indicates that a full copy of the source object is (or will be) generated.
4 - 'Incremental-Copy': Only changed data from source element is copied to target element.
5 - 'Differential-Copy': Only the new writes to the source element are copied to the target element.
6 - 'Copy-On-Write': Affected data is copied on the first write to the source or to the target elements.
7 - 'Copy-On-Access': Affected data is copied on the first access to the source element.
8 - 'Delta-Update': Difference based replication where after the initial copy, only updates to source are copied to target.
9 - 'Snap-And-Clone': The service creates a snapshot of the source element first, then uses the snapshot as the source of the copy operation to the target element.		 CopyMethodology specifies what copy methodology the copy engine uses to create and/or maintain the target element. Values are:
0 - 'Not Specified': The method of maintaining the copy is not specified.
3 - 'Full Copy': This indicates that a full copy of the source object is (or will be) generated.
4 - 'Incremental-Copy': Only changed data from source element is copied to target element.
5 - 'Differential-Copy': Only the new writes to the source element are copied to the target element.
6 - 'Copy-On-Write': Affected data is copied on the first write to the source or to the target elements.
7 - 'Copy-On-Access': Affected data is copied on the first access to the source element.
8 - 'Delta-Update': Difference based replication where after the initial copy, only updates to source are copied to target.
9 - 'Snap-And-Clone': The service creates a snapshot of the source element first, then uses the snapshot as the source of the copy operation to the target element.
1399DeviceId identifies the associated storage device. When associated with an MSFT_PhysicalDisk, it will be the same as its DeviceId field. When associated with an MSFT_Disk, it will be the same as its Number field. DeviceId identifies the associated storage device. When associated with an MSFT_PhysicalDisk, it will be the same as its DeviceId field. When associated with an MSFT_Disk, it will be the same as its Number field.
1400Maximum number of start-stop cycles within which the storage device is capable of normal operation. Maximum number of start-stop cycles within which the storage device is capable of normal operation.
1401Maximum number of load-unload cycles within which the storage device is capable of normal operation. Maximum number of load-unload cycles within which the storage device is capable of normal operation.
1402StorageReliabilityCounter provides reliability statistics or counters reported by a storage device. This information is dynamic and should be obtained from the storage device whenever needed. StorageReliabilityCounter provides reliability statistics or counters reported by a storage device. This information is dynamic and should be obtained from the storage device whenever needed.
1403Soft error can be returned by intrinsic methods (EnumerateInstances, GetInstance, etc.) to help distinguish between a query with no results (no error) and a query that failed for a specific reason. Soft error can be returned by intrinsic methods (EnumerateInstances, GetInstance, etc.) to help distinguish between a query with no results (no error) and a query that failed for a specific reason.
1404Size of the tier on the virtual disk. This property is available only when the storage tier is part of a virtual disk. The property is unspecified for pool-level storage tiers. Size of the tier on the virtual disk. This property is available only when the storage tier is part of a virtual disk. The property is unspecified for pool-level storage tiers.
1405Resizes the storage tier on the virtual disk. This method is not available for pool-level storage tiers. Resizes the storage tier on the virtual disk. This method is not available for pool-level storage tiers.
1406Could not repair the virtual disk because too many physical disks failed. Not enough information exists on the remaining physical disks to reconstruct the lost data. Could not repair the virtual disk because too many physical disks failed. Not enough information exists on the remaining physical disks to reconstruct the lost data.
1407The specified object is managed by the Microsoft Failover Clustering component. The disk must be in cluster maintenance mode and the cluster resource status must be online to perform this operation. The specified object is managed by the Microsoft Failover Clustering component. The disk must be in cluster maintenance mode and the cluster resource status must be online to perform this operation.
1408The specified object is managed by the Microsoft Failover Clustering component. The disk must be removed from the cluster to perform this operation. The specified object is managed by the Microsoft Failover Clustering component. The disk must be removed from the cluster to perform this operation.
1410Windows Server 2012 Windows Server 2012
1411Windows Server 2012 R2 Preview Windows Server 2012 R2 Preview
1412Windows Server 2012 R2 Windows Server 2012 R2
1413If TRUE, this subsystem supports the ability to create new storage tiers. If FALSE, either the subsystem uses pre-created storage tiers, or it does not support storage tiers. If TRUE, this subsystem supports the ability to create new storage tiers. If FALSE, either the subsystem uses pre-created storage tiers, or it does not support storage tiers.
1414If set to 3, caching for all the registered remote subsystem is enabled. If set to 2, caching for all the registered remote subsystem is disabled. This API only effects the remote subsystem registered and local Subsystem requests are not cached and reported live always. If set to 3, caching for all the registered remote subsystem is enabled. If set to 2, caching for all the registered remote subsystem is disabled. This API only effects the remote subsystem registered and local Subsystem requests are not cached and reported live always.
1415Denotes the minimum number of physical disks required for creating a storage pool on this subsystem. Denotes the minimum number of physical disks required for creating a storage pool on this subsystem.
1416Denotes whether this subsystem supports direct creation of volumes on a storage pool. Denotes whether this subsystem supports direct creation of volumes on a storage pool.
1417Denotes whether this provider supports remote registration and management. Denotes whether this provider supports remote registration and management.
1418Denotes the caching modes this provider supports. The modes are 'Disabled' and 'Manual-Discovery'. Denotes the caching modes this provider supports. The modes are 'Disabled' and 'Manual-Discovery'.
1419This subsystem is already registered. This subsystem is already registered.
1420This subsystem is already registered with another user's credentials. Use the -Force flag to remove the existing registration and add a new one anyway. This subsystem is already registered with another user's credentials. Use the -Force flag to remove the existing registration and add a new one anyway.
1421This subsystem does not support creation of virtual disks with the specified provisioning type. This subsystem does not support creation of virtual disks with the specified provisioning type.
1422Object Not Found Object Not Found
1423One or more physical disks are not connected to the nodes on which the pool is being created. One or more physical disks are not connected to the nodes on which the pool is being created.
1424Failover clustering could not be enabled for this storage object. Failover clustering could not be enabled for this storage object.
1425This property indicates how the operating system will proceed with repairing of virtual disks for this storage pool.
2 - 'Sequential': repair will process one allocation slab at a time. This will result in longer repair times, but small impact on the I/O load.
3 - 'Parallel': repair will process as many allocation slabs as it can in parallel. This will result in the shortest repair time, but will have significant impact on I/O load.
 This property indicates how the operating system will proceed with repairing of virtual disks for this storage pool.
2 - 'Sequential': repair will process one allocation slab at a time. This will result in longer repair times, but small impact on the I/O load.
3 - 'Parallel': repair will process as many allocation slabs as it can in parallel. This will result in the shortest repair time, but will have significant impact on I/O load.
1426Sequential Sequential
1427Parallel Parallel
1433This field is a string representation of the enclosure's firmware version. This field is a string representation of the enclosure's firmware version.
1434Denotes the current health status of the enclosure. Denotes the current health status of the enclosure.
1435Number of slots hosted within the enclosure Number of slots hosted within the enclosure
1437Not Installed Not Installed
1438Not Available Not Available
1439No Access Allowed No Access Allowed
1444This method allows a user to perform certain identification tasks on the enclosure and its elements. This method allows a user to perform certain identification tasks on the enclosure and its elements.
1445If set to TRUE, this instructs the enclosure to enable its identification LED on the specified element. The identification LED should remain enabled until a second call to IdentifyElement on the same element is made with this parameter specified as FALSE. If set to TRUE, this instructs the enclosure to enable its identification LED on the specified element. The identification LED should remain enabled until a second call to IdentifyElement on the same element is made with this parameter specified as FALSE.
1458Association between StorageSubSystem and StorageEnclosure Association between StorageSubSystem and StorageEnclosure
1459Association between StorageNode and StorageEnclosure Association between StorageNode and StorageEnclosure
1460Association between StorageEnclosure and PhysicalDisk Association between StorageEnclosure and PhysicalDisk
1466DeviceId is an address or other identifier that uniquely names the enclosure. For example, DeviceId is the enclosure GUID in Storage Spaces provider. DeviceId is an address or other identifier that uniquely names the enclosure. For example, DeviceId is the enclosure GUID in Storage Spaces provider.
1467One or more slot numbers provided are not valid. One or more slot numbers provided are not valid.
1468This method returns the vendor specific data from an enclosure. This method returns the vendor specific data from an enclosure.
1469The vendor specific data (page 04h for example) from an enclosure. The vendor specific data (page 04h for example) from an enclosure.
1470UniqueIdFormat indicates the type of identifier used in the UniqueId field. The identifier used in UniqueId must be the highest available identifier using the following order of preference: 8 (highest), 3, 2, 1, 0 (lowest). For example: if the physical disk device exposes identifiers of type 0, 1, and 3, UniqueId must be the identifier of type 3, and UniqueIdFormat should be set to 3. UniqueIdFormat indicates the type of identifier used in the UniqueId field. The identifier used in UniqueId must be the highest available identifier using the following order of preference: 8 (highest), 3, 2, 1, 0 (lowest). For example: if the physical disk device exposes identifiers of type 0, 1, and 3, UniqueId must be the identifier of type 3, and UniqueIdFormat should be set to 3.
1471The virtual disk could not complete the operation because it is in cluster maintenance mode. The virtual disk could not complete the operation because it is in cluster maintenance mode.
1472The specified volume does not support storage tiers. The specified volume does not support storage tiers.
1473The Storage Tiers Management service detected that the specified volume is in the process of being dismounted. The Storage Tiers Management service detected that the specified volume is in the process of being dismounted.
1474The file identifier specified is not valid on the volume. The file identifier specified is not valid on the volume.
1475Storage tier operations must be called on the clustering node that owns the metadata volume. Storage tier operations must be called on the clustering node that owns the metadata volume.
1476The specified storage tier could not be found on the volume. Confirm that the storage tier name is valid. The specified storage tier could not be found on the volume. Confirm that the storage tier name is valid.
1477The Storage Tiers Management service is already optimizing the storage tiers on the specified volume. The Storage Tiers Management service is already optimizing the storage tiers on the specified volume.
1478The requested object type cannot be assigned to a storage tier. The requested object type cannot be assigned to a storage tier.
1479The request failed due to a fatal device hardware error. The request failed due to a fatal device hardware error.
1480The underlying file system type of the volume. The underlying file system type of the volume.
1481Threshold Threshold
1482UFS UFS
1483HFS HFS
1484FAT FAT
1485NTFS4 NTFS4
1486NTFS5 NTFS5
1487XFS XFS
1488AFS AFS
1489EXT2 EXT2
1490EXT3 EXT3
1491ReiserFS ReiserFS
1492An array containing the operational status of each power supply of the enclosure.
0 - 'Unknown'
2 - 'OK': The element is present and working with no issues detected.
3 - 'Degraded': The element detected one or more non-critical issues.
6 - 'Error': The element detected one or more critical issues.
7 - 'Non-Recoverable Error': The element detected one or more non-recoverable issues.
0xD009 - 'Not Installed': The element is not present.
0xD00A - 'Not Available': The element is present but has problems.
0xD00B - 'No Access Allowed': No access is allowed to the element.
0xD00C - 'Not Reported'		 An array containing the operational status of each power supply of the enclosure.
0 - 'Unknown'
2 - 'OK': The element is present and working with no issues detected.
3 - 'Degraded': The element detected one or more non-critical issues.
6 - 'Error': The element detected one or more critical issues.
7 - 'Non-Recoverable Error': The element detected one or more non-recoverable issues.
0xD009 - 'Not Installed': The element is not present.
0xD00A - 'Not Available': The element is present but has problems.
0xD00B - 'No Access Allowed': No access is allowed to the element.
0xD00C - 'Not Reported'
1493Not Reported Not Reported
1494An array containing the operational status of each fan of the enclosure.
0 - 'Unknown'
2 - 'OK': The element is present and working with no issues detected.
3 - 'Degraded': The element detected one or more non-critical issues.
6 - 'Error': The element detected one or more critical issues.
7 - 'Non-Recoverable Error': The element detected one or more non-recoverable issues.
0xD009 - 'Not Installed': The element is not present.
0xD00A - 'Not Available': The element is present but has problems.
0xD00B - 'No Access Allowed': No access is allowed to the element.
0xD00C - 'Not Reported'		 An array containing the operational status of each fan of the enclosure.
0 - 'Unknown'
2 - 'OK': The element is present and working with no issues detected.
3 - 'Degraded': The element detected one or more non-critical issues.
6 - 'Error': The element detected one or more critical issues.
7 - 'Non-Recoverable Error': The element detected one or more non-recoverable issues.
0xD009 - 'Not Installed': The element is not present.
0xD00A - 'Not Available': The element is present but has problems.
0xD00B - 'No Access Allowed': No access is allowed to the element.
0xD00C - 'Not Reported'
1495An array containing the operational status of each temperature sensor of the enclosure.
0 - 'Unknown'
2 - 'OK': The element is present and working with no issues detected.
3 - 'Degraded': The element detected one or more non-critical issues.
6 - 'Error': The element detected one or more critical issues.
7 - 'Non-Recoverable Error': The element detected one or more non-recoverable issues.
0xD009 - 'Not Installed': The element is not present.
0xD00A - 'Not Available': The element is present but has problems.
0xD00B - 'No Access Allowed': No access is allowed to the element.
0xD00C - 'Not Reported'		 An array containing the operational status of each temperature sensor of the enclosure.
0 - 'Unknown'
2 - 'OK': The element is present and working with no issues detected.
3 - 'Degraded': The element detected one or more non-critical issues.
6 - 'Error': The element detected one or more critical issues.
7 - 'Non-Recoverable Error': The element detected one or more non-recoverable issues.
0xD009 - 'Not Installed': The element is not present.
0xD00A - 'Not Available': The element is present but has problems.
0xD00B - 'No Access Allowed': No access is allowed to the element.
0xD00C - 'Not Reported'
1496An array containing the operational status of each voltage sensor of the enclosure.
0 - 'Unknown'
2 - 'OK': The element is present and working with no issues detected.
3 - 'Degraded': The element detected one or more non-critical issues.
6 - 'Error': The element detected one or more critical issues.
7 - 'Non-Recoverable Error': The element detected one or more non-recoverable issues.
0xD009 - 'Not Installed': The element is not present.
0xD00A - 'Not Available': The element is present but has problems.
0xD00B - 'No Access Allowed': No access is allowed to the element.
0xD00C - 'Not Reported'		 An array containing the operational status of each voltage sensor of the enclosure.
0 - 'Unknown'
2 - 'OK': The element is present and working with no issues detected.
3 - 'Degraded': The element detected one or more non-critical issues.
6 - 'Error': The element detected one or more critical issues.
7 - 'Non-Recoverable Error': The element detected one or more non-recoverable issues.
0xD009 - 'Not Installed': The element is not present.
0xD00A - 'Not Available': The element is present but has problems.
0xD00B - 'No Access Allowed': No access is allowed to the element.
0xD00C - 'Not Reported'
1497An array containing the operational status of each current sensor of the enclosure.
0 - 'Unknown'
2 - 'OK': The element is present and working with no issues detected.
3 - 'Degraded': The element detected one or more non-critical issues.
6 - 'Error': The element detected one or more critical issues.
7 - 'Non-Recoverable Error': The element detected one or more non-recoverable issues.
0xD009 - 'Not Installed': The element is not present.
0xD00A - 'Not Available': The element is present but has problems.
0xD00B - 'No Access Allowed': No access is allowed to the element.
0xD00C - 'Not Reported'		 An array containing the operational status of each current sensor of the enclosure.
0 - 'Unknown'
2 - 'OK': The element is present and working with no issues detected.
3 - 'Degraded': The element detected one or more non-critical issues.
6 - 'Error': The element detected one or more critical issues.
7 - 'Non-Recoverable Error': The element detected one or more non-recoverable issues.
0xD009 - 'Not Installed': The element is not present.
0xD00A - 'Not Available': The element is present but has problems.
0xD00B - 'No Access Allowed': No access is allowed to the element.
0xD00C - 'Not Reported'
1498An array containing the operational status of each controller of the enclosure.
0 - 'Unknown'
2 - 'OK': The element is present and working with no issues detected.
3 - 'Degraded': The element detected one or more non-critical issues.
6 - 'Error': The element detected one or more critical issues.
7 - 'Non-Recoverable Error': The element detected one or more non-recoverable issues.
0xD009 - 'Not Installed': The element is not present.
0xD00A - 'Not Available': The element is present but has problems.
0xD00B - 'No Access Allowed': No access is allowed to the element.
0xD00C - 'Not Reported'		 An array containing the operational status of each controller of the enclosure.
0 - 'Unknown'
2 - 'OK': The element is present and working with no issues detected.
3 - 'Degraded': The element detected one or more non-critical issues.
6 - 'Error': The element detected one or more critical issues.
7 - 'Non-Recoverable Error': The element detected one or more non-recoverable issues.
0xD009 - 'Not Installed': The element is not present.
0xD00A - 'Not Available': The element is present but has problems.
0xD00B - 'No Access Allowed': No access is allowed to the element.
0xD00C - 'Not Reported'
1499The enclosure does not support identification of the enclosure element. The enclosure does not support identification of the enclosure element.
1500The numbers of the slots on which to enable or disable identification. The numbers of the slots on which to enable or disable identification.
1501The given page number has not been implemented. The given page number has not been implemented.
1502Denotes the page number for which vendor data is requested. Denotes the page number for which vendor data is requested.
1503Represents a manageable physical disk enclosure. Represents a manageable physical disk enclosure.
1504Discover failed for the root object. Discover failed for the root object.
1505Discover failed on one or more subsystems. Discover failed on one or more subsystems.
1507The object type of this replica peer. The object type of this replica peer.
1508Volume Volume
1509VirtualDisk VirtualDisk
1510Partition Partition
1511The ObjectId of the replica peer within the replica's storage subsystem. The ObjectId of the replica peer within the replica's storage subsystem.
1512The name of the replica peer within the replica's storage subsystem. The name of the replica peer within the replica's storage subsystem.
1513The UniqueId of the replica peer within the replica's storage subsystem. The UniqueId of the replica peer within the replica's storage subsystem.
1514The subsystem name of the replica peer within the replica's storage subsystem. The subsystem name of the replica peer within the replica's storage subsystem.
1515An enumerable object that represents an object in a target subsystem for which there is a replication relationship. An enumerable object that represents an object in a target subsystem for which there is a replication relationship.
1516TODO TODO
1517A set of volumes where the replication journal for the ReplicationGroup is hosted. A set of volumes where the replication journal for the ReplicationGroup is hosted.
1519Minimum number of synchronous replication partnerships that are in synchronous replication state for I/O to continue on source Replication Group. Minimum number of synchronous replication partnerships that are in synchronous replication state for I/O to continue on source Replication Group.
1520Represents the settings to be configured on a group or sync pair. Represents the settings to be configured on a group or sync pair.
1521Recovery Point Objective indicates the maximum interval in which data might be lost. For synchronous copy operations, RPO is 0. For asynchronous copy operations RPO represents the interval since the most recent transmission of data to the target element. Recovery Point Objective indicates the maximum interval in which data might be lost. For synchronous copy operations, RPO is 0. For asynchronous copy operations RPO represents the interval since the most recent transmission of data to the target element.
1522Synchronized status of a storage object and its Snapshots / Clones / Mirrors. Synchronized status of a storage object and its Snapshots / Clones / Mirrors.
1524This parameter allows the user to specify the replica target machine. This parameter allows the user to specify the replica target machine.
1525This parameter allows the user to specify the virtual disk target on the target machine. This parameter allows the user to specify the virtual disk target on the target machine.
1527The replication settings. The replication settings.
1528SyncType describes the type of copy that will be made. SyncType describes the type of copy that will be made.
1529TokenizedClone TokenizedClone
1532Abort Abort
1533ActivateConsistency ActivateConsistency
1534Activate Activate
1535AddSyncPair AddSyncPair
1536DeactivateConsistency DeactivateConsistency
1537Deactivate Deactivate
1538Detach Detach
1539Dissolve Dissolve
1540Failover Failover
1541Failback Failback
1542Fracture Fracture
1543RemoveSyncPair RemoveSyncPair
1544ResyncReplica ResyncReplica
1545RestoreFromReplica RestoreFromReplica
1546Resume Resume
1547ResetToSync ResetToSync
1548ResetToAsync ResetToAsync
1549ReturnToResourcePool ReturnToResourcePool
1550ReverseRoles ReverseRoles
1551Unprepare Unprepare
1560A user-friendly string representing the name of the replication group. A user-friendly string representing the name of the replication group.
1561A user-friendly string representing the description of the replication group. A user-friendly string representing the description of the replication group.
1562Denotes the current health status of the replication group. Health of a group is derived from the health of the backing storage replicas.
0 - 'Healthy': All replicas are in a healthy state.
1 - 'Warning': The majority of replicas are healthy, but one or more may be not fully synchronized.
2 - 'Unhealthy': The majority of replicas are unhealthy or in a failed state.		 Denotes the current health status of the replication group. Health of a group is derived from the health of the backing storage replicas.
0 - 'Healthy': All replicas are in a healthy state.
1 - 'Warning': The majority of replicas are healthy, but one or more may be not fully synchronized.
2 - 'Unhealthy': The majority of replicas are unhealthy or in a failed state.
1563Indicates the current operating conditions of the group. Unlike HealthStatus, this field indicates the status of hardware, software, and infrastructure issues related to this group, and can contain multiple values. Indicates the current operating conditions of the group. Unlike HealthStatus, this field indicates the status of hardware, software, and infrastructure issues related to this group, and can contain multiple values.
1564This method allows for the creation of a replication relationship between replication groups. This method allows for the creation of a replication relationship between replication groups.
1565This parameter allows the user to specify the replica target subsystem. This parameter allows the user to specify the replica target subsystem.
1566This parameter allows the user to specify the replication group target on the target machine. This parameter allows the user to specify the replication group target on the target machine.
1567A storage pool on the target to be used as the source for creating the necessary TargetStorageElements. This parameter is ignored if the target group contains any elements. A storage pool on the target to be used as the source for creating the necessary TargetStorageElements. This parameter is ignored if the target group contains any elements.
1569Modifies the relationship between replication groups. Modifies the relationship between replication groups.
1570This parameter is used to specify the replica peer for the target group. This parameter is used to specify the replica peer for the target group.
1572This parameter is used to specify an array of target objects by Id to be replicated. Consistency ordering is based on the order of objects in this array. This parameter is used to specify an array of target objects by Id to be replicated. Consistency ordering is based on the order of objects in this array.
1573Specifies the element replicas for Add or RemoveSyncPair. Specifies the element replicas for Add or RemoveSyncPair.
1575This method allows the user to specify the replication settings for this replication group. This method allows the user to specify the replication settings for this replication group.
1576This method returns the replication settings for this replication group. This method returns the replication settings for this replication group.
1577This method allows the user to add members to this replication group. This method allows the user to add members to this replication group.
1578The storage objects to add to the group. The storage objects to add to the group.
1579This method allows the user to remove members from this replication group. This method allows the user to remove members from this replication group.
1580The storage objects to remove from the group. The storage objects to remove from the group.
1581This method allows the replication group to be renamed. This method allows the replication group to be renamed.
1582This method deletes an empty replication group. If the group contains any replicas, these replicas must be removed first. This method deletes an empty replication group. If the group contains any replicas, these replicas must be removed first.
1583The replication group contains replicas. The replication group contains replicas.
1584A replication group represents a consistency grouping of storage replicas. A replication group represents a consistency grouping of storage replicas.
1585Association between replicated groups Association between replicated groups
1586This method allows for the creation of two replication groups and a replication relationship between them. This method requires the subsystem to support fully discovered replication. This method allows for the creation of two replication groups and a replication relationship between them. This method requires the subsystem to support fully discovered replication.
1587This parameter allows the user to specify the replica target subsystem when setting up a relationship with another subsystem. This parameter allows the user to specify the replica target subsystem when setting up a relationship with another subsystem.
1588Name of the source Replication Group to be created. Name of the source Replication Group to be created.
1589A brief description of the purpose of Replication Group. A brief description of the purpose of Replication Group.
1590An ordered list of storage objects that are to be a part of the source Replication Group. An ordered list of storage objects that are to be a part of the source Replication Group.
1591Settings to be applied to source Replication Group. Settings to be applied to source Replication Group.
1592Name of the target Replication Group to be created. Name of the target Replication Group to be created.
1594A storage pool on the target to be used as the source for creating the necessary TargetStorageElements. This parameter can be specified in lieu of TargetStorageElements. A storage pool on the target to be used as the source for creating the necessary TargetStorageElements. This parameter can be specified in lieu of TargetStorageElements.
1595Settings to be applied to target Replication Group. Settings to be applied to target Replication Group.
1597This parameter is used to specify the target replication group. This parameter is used to specify the target replication group.
1598This method allows for the creation of a replication group on a storage subsystem. This method allows for the creation of a replication group on a storage subsystem.
1599A user-friendly string representing the name of the replication group. Friendly name can be set using the SetFriendlyName method. A user-friendly string representing the name of the replication group. Friendly name can be set using the SetFriendlyName method.
1600Specifies an array of storage objects of the same type that are the source elements to be replicated. The ordering of this arrary determines the consistency ordering of the element replicas. Specifies an array of storage objects of the same type that are the source elements to be replicated. The ordering of this arrary determines the consistency ordering of the element replicas.
1608Represents the replication capabilities of a storage subsystem. Represents the replication capabilities of a storage subsystem.
1609Association between a subsystem and replication group Association between a subsystem and replication group
1610Association between a subsystem and replica peer Association between a subsystem and replica peer
1611Association between a subsystem and replication capabilities Association between a subsystem and replication capabilities
1612Association between a replication group and its virtual disks Association between a replication group and its virtual disks
1613Association between replicated virtual disks Association between replicated virtual disks
1615The name of the account to which the access right is granted. The name of the account to which the access right is granted.
1616Denotes the access type ( Allow, Deny ). Denotes the access type ( Allow, Deny ).
1617Allow Allow
1618Deny Deny
1619Denotes the access right. Denotes the access right.
1620Full Full
1621Modify Modify
1622Read Read
1623Custom Custom
1624A file share access control entry object models the subsystem's concept of an access control entry for a file share. A file share access control entry object models the subsystem's concept of an access control entry for a file share.
1625Name is a semi-unique (scoped to the owning file server), human-readable string used to access and identify a file share. Name is a semi-unique (scoped to the owning file server), human-readable string used to access and identify a file share.
1626A user settable description of the file share. This field can be used to store extra free-form information, such as notes or details about the intended usage. A user settable description of the file share. This field can be used to store extra free-form information, such as notes or details about the intended usage.
1627The volume relative path to the directory that is being shared. The volume relative path to the directory that is being shared.
1628If TRUE the share is continuously available. If TRUE the share is continuously available.
1629If TRUE the share data transmission is encrypted. If TRUE the share data transmission is encrypted.
1630The file sharing protocol used by the share. The file sharing protocol used by the share.
1631NFS NFS
1632CIFS(SMB) CIFS(SMB)
1633Denotes the current health status of the file share.
0 - 'Healthy': TBD.
1 - 'Warning': TBD.
2 - 'Unhealthy': TBD.		 Denotes the current health status of the file share.
0 - 'Healthy': TBD.
1 - 'Warning': TBD.
2 - 'Unhealthy': TBD.
1635This method deletes a file share. Deleting the share does not delete the underlying volume. This method deletes a file share. Deleting the share does not delete the underlying volume.
1636This method allows a user to set the description field of the share. This method allows a user to set the description field of the share.
1637This method allows the user to update or set various attributes on the file server. Note that not all parameters must be specified, and only those given will be updated. This method allows the user to update or set various attributes on the file server. Note that not all parameters must be specified, and only those given will be updated.
1638If TRUE the share will be encrypted during transport. If TRUE the share will be encrypted during transport.
1639This method gets the access control entries for the specified accounts. This method gets the access control entries for the specified accounts.
1642This method grants the specified user accounts the specified access to the file share. This method grants the specified user accounts the specified access to the file share.
1643User accounts to grant access to the file share. User accounts to grant access to the file share.
1644Read, Modify or All. Read, Modify or All.
1645This method revokes accesses to the file share for the specified users. This method revokes accesses to the file share for the specified users.
1646Users to revoke access to the file share. Users to revoke access to the file share.
1647This method denies the specified users access to the file share. This method denies the specified users access to the file share.
1648User accounts to deny access to the file share. User accounts to deny access to the file share.
1649This method removes the specified users from the denied access list for the file share. This method removes the specified users from the denied access list for the file share.
1650User accounts to remove from the deny access list for the file share. User accounts to remove from the deny access list for the file share.
1651A file share object models the subsystem's concept of a file share. A file share object models the subsystem's concept of a file share.
1652A user-friendly string representing the name of the file server. Friendly name can be set using the SetFriendlyName method. A user-friendly string representing the name of the file server. Friendly name can be set using the SetFriendlyName method.
1653HostNames are semi-unique (scoped to the owning storage subsystem), human-readable strings used to identify a file server. There is a separate host name element per file sharing protocol. HostNames are semi-unique (scoped to the owning storage subsystem), human-readable strings used to identify a file server. There is a separate host name element per file sharing protocol.
1654Denotes the current health status of the file server.
0 - 'Healthy': TBD.
1 - 'Warning': TBD.
2 - 'Unhealthy': TBD.5 - 'Unknown': TBD.		 Denotes the current health status of the file server.
0 - 'Healthy': TBD.
1 - 'Warning': TBD.
2 - 'Unhealthy': TBD.5 - 'Unknown': TBD.
1655Indicates the current operating conditions of the file server. Unlike HealthStatus, this field indicates the status of hardware, software, and infrastructure issues related to this server, and can contain multiple values. Various operational statuses are defined. Many of the enumeration's values are self-explanatory. Indicates the current operating conditions of the file server. Unlike HealthStatus, this field indicates the status of hardware, software, and infrastructure issues related to this server, and can contain multiple values. Various operational statuses are defined. Many of the enumeration's values are self-explanatory.
1656If TRUE the server supports file share creation. If TRUE the server supports file share creation.
1658The file sharing protocols supported by the file server. The file sharing protocols supported by the file server.
1659SMB SMB
1660Specifies the file sharing protocol versions supported. Specifies the file sharing protocol versions supported.
1661This method creates a file share This method creates a file share
1662Name is a semi-unique (scoped to the owning file server), human-readable string used to identify a file share. Name is a semi-unique (scoped to the owning file server), human-readable string used to identify a file share.
1663Specifies a description of the share. This field can be used to store extra free-form information, such as notes or details about the intended usage. Specifies a description of the share. This field can be used to store extra free-form information, such as notes or details about the intended usage.
1664The volume on which the share is to be created. The volume on which the share is to be created.
1665The volume relative path of an existing directory to share. If this parameter is not provided, an empty share will be created. The volume relative path of an existing directory to share. If this parameter is not provided, an empty share will be created.
1666If TRUE the share will be continuously available. If TRUE the share will be continuously available.
1667The file sharing protocol used by the share if the server supports more than one protocol. The file sharing protocol used by the share if the server supports more than one protocol.
1668This method deletes file server. If the file server contains any file shares, these shares must be removed first. This method deletes file server. If the file server contains any file shares, these shares must be removed first.
1672This method allows the file server to be renamed. This method allows the file server to be renamed.
1673A file server object models the subsystems concept of a file server. A file server object models the subsystems concept of a file server.
1674The file server that will own this volume. The file server that will own this volume.
1675Denotes whether this subsystem supports a file server. Denotes whether this subsystem supports a file server.
1676Denotes whether this subsystem supports creation of a file server. Denotes whether this subsystem supports creation of a file server.
1677Denotes whether this subsystem supports continuously available (CA) file servers. Denotes whether this subsystem supports continuously available (CA) file servers.
1678This field describes the protocols supported by file servers on this subsystem. This field describes the protocols supported by file servers on this subsystem.
1679This method allows for the creation of a file server on a storage subsystem. This method allows for the creation of a file server on a storage subsystem.
1680This parameter allows the user to specify the FriendlyName at the time of the file server creation. FriendlyNames are expected to be descriptive, however they are not required to be unique. Note that some storage subsystems do not allow setting a friendly name during file server creation. If a subsystem doesn't support this, file server creation should still succeed, however the file server may have a different name assigned to it. This parameter allows the user to specify the FriendlyName at the time of the file server creation. FriendlyNames are expected to be descriptive, however they are not required to be unique. Note that some storage subsystems do not allow setting a friendly name during file server creation. If a subsystem doesn't support this, file server creation should still succeed, however the file server may have a different name assigned to it.
1681HostNames are semi-unique (scoped to the owning storage subsystem),human-readable strings used to identify a file server. There is a separate host name element per file sharing protocol. It is valid to specify the same name for different protocols. HostNames are semi-unique (scoped to the owning storage subsystem),human-readable strings used to identify a file server. There is a separate host name element per file sharing protocol. It is valid to specify the same name for different protocols.
1682Represents a storage array that exposes virtual disks and/or a computer system that exposes file server capabilities. Represents a storage array that exposes virtual disks and/or a computer system that exposes file server capabilities.
1683Association between a subsystem and its file server Association between a subsystem and its file server
1684Association between a subsystem and its file shares Association between a subsystem and its file shares
1685Association between FileServer and its FileShares Association between FileServer and its FileShares
1686Association between FileServer and eligible Volumes for file shares Association between FileServer and eligible Volumes for file shares
1687Association between a volume and its file shares Association between a volume and its file shares
1688This property is identical to the ObjectId field of the disk object that contains this partition. This property is identical to the ObjectId field of the disk object that contains this partition.
1689This property indicates the partition's offset from the beginning of the disk, measured in bytes. This property indicates the partition's offset from the beginning of the disk, measured in bytes.
1690No extended status object was found for the storage job. No extended status object was found for the storage job.
1691This method deletes a volume. This method deletes a volume.
1692GetCorruptionCount GetCorruptionCount
1693Resizes the volume. Resizes the volume.
1694The operation is not supported while the cluster is being upgraded. The operation is not supported while the cluster is being upgraded.
1695The access control entries for the share. The access control entries for the share.
1696Indicates whether write caching is enabled on this physical disk or not. Indicates whether write caching is enabled on this physical disk or not.
1697Indicates whether this physical disk is equipped to tolerate a power loss without loss of data. Indicates whether this physical disk is equipped to tolerate a power loss without loss of data.
1698ReplicationGroup ReplicationGroup
1699Association between StorageNode and Disk. Association between StorageNode and Disk.
1700Denotes the operational status of the PhysicalDisk on this StorageNode. Denotes the operational status of the PhysicalDisk on this StorageNode.
1701Denotes the health status of the PhysicalDisk on this StorageNode. Denotes the health status of the PhysicalDisk on this StorageNode.
1702The operating system's number for the disk on this StorageNode. Disk 0 is typically the boot device. Disk numbers may not necessarily remain the same across reboot, and are not necessarily the same on different nodes. The operating system's number for the disk on this StorageNode. Disk 0 is typically the boot device. Disk numbers may not necessarily remain the same across reboot, and are not necessarily the same on different nodes.
1703Indicates whether the physical disk uses MPIO. Indicates whether the physical disk uses MPIO.
1704The MPIO load balance policy being used by the disk. The MPIO load balance policy being used by the disk.
1705Fail Over Fail Over
1706Round Robin Round Robin
1707Round Robin with Subset Round Robin with Subset
1708Least Queue Depth Least Queue Depth
1709Weighted Paths Weighted Paths
1710Least Blocks Least Blocks
1711Collection of MPIO path IDs, reported by the MPIO DSM, when applicable. Collection of MPIO path IDs, reported by the MPIO DSM, when applicable.
1712The current state of MPIO paths between the node and physical disk. The current state of MPIO paths between the node and physical disk.
1713Unavailable Unavailable
1714Active/Unoptimized Active/Unoptimized
1715Standby Standby
1716Active/Optimized Active/Optimized
1717One or more physical disks are not in the pool. One or more physical disks are not in the pool.
1718Association between StorageNode and Volume. Association between StorageNode and Volume.
1719Association between StoragePool and Volume. This association should only exist for concrete pools. Association between StoragePool and Volume. This association should only exist for concrete pools.
1721The destination path is not accessible. The destination path is not accessible.
1722The path to store the collected logs. On a remote subsystem, this path must be accessible to the client (management) machine, and not necessarily the remote subsystem. The path to store the collected logs. On a remote subsystem, this path must be accessible to the client (management) machine, and not necessarily the remote subsystem.
1723This parameter sets a limit on how far back log messages should be gathered (in minutes). Default is that all logs will be gathered, no matter how old. This parameter sets a limit on how far back log messages should be gathered (in minutes). Default is that all logs will be gathered, no matter how old.
1724Gather only those log messages which correspond to a particular activity ID. This can be when an extended status message has been reported by an operation which supplies an ActivityId. It will help find log messages related to that extended status failure message. Gather only those log messages which correspond to a particular activity ID. This can be when an extended status message has been reported by an operation which supplies an ActivityId. It will help find log messages related to that extended status failure message.
1725This method enables real-time diagnostic tracing for the Storage SubSystem. Tracing will remain on until DisableDiagnosticLog is called. Tracing may add some additional overhead to the subsystem, so only use it when trying to root-cause a failure that could not otherwise be solved. For most cases, you should only use this method when troubleshooting an issue with your storage subsystem vendor's support staff. This method enables real-time diagnostic tracing for the Storage SubSystem. Tracing will remain on until DisableDiagnosticLog is called. Tracing may add some additional overhead to the subsystem, so only use it when trying to root-cause a failure that could not otherwise be solved. For most cases, you should only use this method when troubleshooting an issue with your storage subsystem vendor's support staff.
1726Specifies the maximum level of trace messages to gather. Each subsequent level will include events from previous levels. (i.e. 5 - 'Verbose' will log all events.) Specifies the maximum level of trace messages to gather. Each subsequent level will include events from previous levels. (i.e. 5 - 'Verbose' will log all events.)
1727Informational Informational
1728Verbose Verbose
1730Association between StorageSubSystem and Disk Association between StorageSubSystem and Disk
1731Association between StorageSubSystem and Partition Association between StorageSubSystem and Partition
1732Association between StorageSubSystem and Volume Association between StorageSubSystem and Volume
1733SetFileShare SetFileShare
1734Brings the partition online by mounting the associated volume (if one exists). Brings the partition online by mounting the associated volume (if one exists).
1735This method retrieves various messages returned by a job. This method retrieves various messages returned by a job.
1736Debug Debug
1737A unique identifier for the fault A unique identifier for the fault
1738A string that uniquely identifies the type of fault. A string that uniquely identifies the type of fault.
1739The description of the object that triggered the fault The description of the object that triggered the fault
1740The location of the object that triggered the fault The location of the object that triggered the fault
1742The formatted message describing the reason for the fault. The formatted message describing the reason for the fault.
1743Free form descriptions of the recommended actions to take to resolve the cause of the fault. Free form descriptions of the recommended actions to take to resolve the cause of the fault.
1745Object representing the result of a Diagnose method call on a storage object. Object representing the result of a Diagnose method call on a storage object.
1746The total logical size of all files on the volume, in bytes. This is an estimate of the volume used space if deduplication feature was disabled. The total logical size of all files on the volume, in bytes. This is an estimate of the volume used space if deduplication feature was disabled.
1747The difference between the logical size of the optimized files and the logical size of the store (the deduplicated user data plus deduplication metadata). The difference between the logical size of the optimized files and the logical size of the store (the deduplicated user data plus deduplication metadata).
1748The ratio of deduplication savings to the logical size of all of the files on the volume, expressed as a percentage. The ratio of deduplication savings to the logical size of all of the files on the volume, expressed as a percentage.
1749The number of optimized files on the volume. The number of optimized files on the volume.
1750The total logical size of all optimized files on the volume, in bytes. The total logical size of all optimized files on the volume, in bytes.
1751The ratio of deduplication savings to the logical size of all optimized files on the volume, expressed as a percentage. The ratio of deduplication savings to the logical size of all optimized files on the volume, expressed as a percentage.
1752The number of files that currently qualify for optimization. The number of files that currently qualify for optimization.
1753The aggregate size of all files that currently qualify for optimization. The aggregate size of all files that currently qualify for optimization.
1754Volume deduplication properties. Volume deduplication properties.
1755Indicates the deduplication mode of the volume. Indicates the deduplication mode of the volume.
1756GeneralPurpose GeneralPurpose
1757HyperV HyperV
1758Backup Backup
1759NotAvailable NotAvailable
1760The volume optimization operation requested is not supported by the hardware backing the volume. The volume optimization operation requested is not supported by the hardware backing the volume.
1761Volume optimization was unable to complete because the disk backing the volume is full. Volume optimization was unable to complete because the disk backing the volume is full.
1762Another volume optimization operation is currently in progress on the volume. Another volume optimization operation is currently in progress on the volume.
1763This volume cannot be optimized. This volume cannot be optimized.
1764The volume to be optimized is corrupted. The volume to be optimized is corrupted.
1765The user cancelled the operation. The user cancelled the operation.
1766A file on the disk could not be opened. A file on the disk could not be opened.
1767Volume optimization aborted because the storage slab size changed while performing the operation. Volume optimization aborted because the storage slab size changed while performing the operation.
1768Neither slab consolidation nor slab analysis can run if slabs are less than 8 MB. Neither slab consolidation nor slab analysis can run if slabs are less than 8 MB.
1769The volume alignment is invalid for the slab consolidation/trim operation requested. The volume alignment is invalid for the slab consolidation/trim operation requested.
1770The storage optimizer could not continue because the file system's master file table is too fragmented. The storage optimizer could not continue because the file system's master file table is too fragmented.
1771This method performs a diagnostic on the storage subsystem, returning any actionable results. This method performs a diagnostic on the storage subsystem, returning any actionable results.
1772Failed to communicate with cluster health resource Failed to communicate with cluster health resource
1773The actionable results of diagnose. The actionable results of diagnose.
1774This method changes the deduplication mode of the volume. This method changes the deduplication mode of the volume.
1775Deduplication feature is not available Deduplication feature is not available
1776New deduplication mode of the volume. New deduplication mode of the volume.
1777This method returns deduplication properties of the volume. This method returns deduplication properties of the volume.
1778Deduplication is not enabled for the volume Deduplication is not enabled for the volume
1780The specified user account could not be found The specified user account could not be found
1781If TRUE the file server will support continuously available file shares. If TRUE the file server will support continuously available file shares.
1782You must specify a name for this file share. You must specify a name for this file share.
1783You must specify a sharing protocol for this file share. You must specify a sharing protocol for this file share.
1784You must specify a volume for this file share. You must specify a volume for this file share.
1788This field is a free-form string indicating where the hardware is located. This field is a free-form string indicating where the hardware is located.
1789Common base class for all storage fault domain objects Common base class for all storage fault domain objects
1790StorageSubSystem StorageSubSystem
1791Indicates if the ReplicaPeer is primary i.e: If the ReplicaPeer is a System Element and not a Synced Element Indicates if the ReplicaPeer is primary i.e: If the ReplicaPeer is a System Element and not a Synced Element
1792Populated when "Type" has the value of "EmbeddedInstance". Populated when "Type" has the value of "EmbeddedInstance".
1793Size of replication journal in units of bytes. Size must be in multiples of gigabytes. Size of replication journal in units of bytes. Size must be in multiples of gigabytes.
1794Determines the current allocation behavior for this virtual disk. Fault domain aware virtual disks will intelligently pick the physical disks to use for their redundancy to balance the fault tolerance between two (or more) fault domain units of the specified type. Determines the current allocation behavior for this virtual disk. Fault domain aware virtual disks will intelligently pick the physical disks to use for their redundancy to balance the fault tolerance between two (or more) fault domain units of the specified type.
1795PhysicalDisk PhysicalDisk
1796StorageEnclosure StorageEnclosure
1797StorageScaleUnit StorageScaleUnit
1798StorageChassis StorageChassis
1799StorageRack StorageRack
1800This method allows for the creation of a replication relationship between virtual disks. This method allows for the creation of a replication relationship between virtual disks.
1801A end user relevant name for the element being created. If NULL, then a system supplied default name can be used. The value will be stored in the \'FriendlyName\' property for the created element. A end user relevant name for the element being created. If NULL, then a system supplied default name can be used. The value will be stored in the \'FriendlyName\' property for the created element.
1802A storage pool on the target to be used as the source for creating the TargetVirtualDisk. This parameter is ignored if a target virtual disk is specified. A storage pool on the target to be used as the source for creating the TargetVirtualDisk. This parameter is ignored if a target virtual disk is specified.
1803Sets the relationship between virtual disks. Sets the relationship between virtual disks.
1804This parameter is used to specify the replica peer for the target virtual disk. This parameter is used to specify the replica peer for the target virtual disk.
1805Bluetooth Bluetooth
1806Enumeration indicating the supported object types associated with these replication capabilities. Enumeration indicating the supported object types associated with these replication capabilities.
1807ReplicaPeer ReplicaPeer
1808Enumeration indicating the supported SyncType/Mode/Local-or-Remote combinations. Enumeration indicating the supported SyncType/Mode/Local-or-Remote combinations.
1809Synchronous Mirror Local Synchronous Mirror Local
1810Asynchronous Mirror Local Asynchronous Mirror Local
1811Synchronous Mirror Remote Synchronous Mirror Remote
1812Asynchronous Mirror Remote Asynchronous Mirror Remote
1813Synchronous Snapshot Local Synchronous Snapshot Local
1814Asynchronous Snapshot Local Asynchronous Snapshot Local
1815Synchronous Snapshot Remote Synchronous Snapshot Remote
1816Asynchronous Snapshot Remote Asynchronous Snapshot Remote
1817Synchronous Clone Local Synchronous Clone Local
1818Asynchronous Clone Local Asynchronous Clone Local
1819Synchronous Clone Remote Synchronous Clone Remote
1820Asynchronous Clone Remote Asynchronous Clone Remote
1821Synchronous TokenizedClone Local Synchronous TokenizedClone Local
1822Asynchronous TokenizedClone Local Asynchronous TokenizedClone Local
1823Synchronous TokenizedClone Remote Synchronous TokenizedClone Remote
1824Asynchronous TokenizedClone Remote Asynchronous TokenizedClone Remote
1825Adaptive Mirror Local Adaptive Mirror Local
1826Adaptive Mirror Remote Adaptive Mirror Remote
1827Adaptive Snapshot Local Adaptive Snapshot Local
1828Adaptive Snapshot Remote Adaptive Snapshot Remote
1829Adaptive Clone Local Adaptive Clone Local
1830Adaptive Clone Remote Adaptive Clone Remote
1831Adaptive TokenizedClone Local Adaptive TokenizedClone Local
1832Adaptive TokenizedClone Remote Adaptive TokenizedClone Remote
1833Default value for recovery point Default value for recovery point
1834Indicates if Replication Groups is supported Indicates if Replication Groups is supported
1835Indicates if empty Replicaiotn Groups are allowed Indicates if empty Replicaiotn Groups are allowed
1836Indicates if this is a fully discovered model Indicates if this is a fully discovered model
1837Indicates if CreateReplicationShip operation is supported Indicates if CreateReplicationShip operation is supported
1838Enumeration indicating what operations will be executed as asynchronous jobs. If an operation is included in both this and SupportedSynchronousActions properties then the underlying implementation is indicating that it may or may not create a job.
Note: the following methods are not supported asynchronously, hence the gap between 11 and 19:
- CreateGroup
- DeleteGroup
- AddMembers
- RemoveMembers
- AddReplicationEntity
- AddServiceAccessPoint
- AddSharedSecret.		 Enumeration indicating what operations will be executed as asynchronous jobs. If an operation is included in both this and SupportedSynchronousActions properties then the underlying implementation is indicating that it may or may not create a job.
Note: the following methods are not supported asynchronously, hence the gap between 11 and 19:
- CreateGroup
- DeleteGroup
- AddMembers
- RemoveMembers
- AddReplicationEntity
- AddServiceAccessPoint
- AddSharedSecret.
1839CreateElementReplica CreateElementReplica
1840CreateGroupReplica CreateGroupReplica
1841CreateSynchronizationAspect CreateSynchronizationAspect
1842ModifyReplicaSynchronization ModifyReplicaSynchronization
1843ModifyListSynchronization ModifyListSynchronization
1844ModifySettingsDefineState ModifySettingsDefineState
1845GetAvailableTargetElements GetAvailableTargetElements
1846GetPeerSystems GetPeerSystems
1847GetReplicationRelationships GetReplicationRelationships
1848GetServiceAccessPoints GetServiceAccessPoints
1849CreateListReplica CreateListReplica
1850CreateGroupReplicaFromElements CreateGroupReplicaFromElements
1851GetReplicationRelationshipInstances GetReplicationRelationshipInstances
1852ModifyListSettingsDefineState ModifyListSettingsDefineState
1853CreateRemoteReplicationCollection CreateRemoteReplicationCollection
1854AddToRemoteReplicationCollection AddToRemoteReplicationCollection
1855RemoveFromRemoteReplicationCollection RemoveFromRemoteReplicationCollection
1856GetSynchronizationAspects GetSynchronizationAspects
1857GetSynchronizationAspectInstances GetSynchronizationAspectInstances
1858CreateGroupReplicaFromElementSynchronizations CreateGroupReplicaFromElementSynchronizations
1859AddElementsToGroupSynchronized AddElementsToGroupSynchronized
1860ConfirmTargetData ConfirmTargetData
1861CreateListSynchronizationAspect CreateListSynchronizationAspect
1862Enumeration indicating what operations will be executed synchronously -- without the creation of a job. If an operation is included in both this property and SupportedAsynchronousActions then the underlying implementation is indicating that it may or may not create a job.
Note: the following methods are not supported asynchronously:
- CreateGroup
- DeleteGroup
- AddMembers
- RemoveMembers
- AddReplicationEntity
- AddServiceAccessPoint
- AddSharedSecret.		 Enumeration indicating what operations will be executed synchronously -- without the creation of a job. If an operation is included in both this property and SupportedAsynchronousActions then the underlying implementation is indicating that it may or may not create a job.
Note: the following methods are not supported asynchronously:
- CreateGroup
- DeleteGroup
- AddMembers
- RemoveMembers
- AddReplicationEntity
- AddServiceAccessPoint
- AddSharedSecret.
1863CreateGroup CreateGroup
1864DeleteGroup DeleteGroup
1865AddMembers AddMembers
1866RemoveMembers RemoveMembers
1867AddReplicationEntity AddReplicationEntity
1868AddServiceAccessPoint AddServiceAccessPoint
1869AddSharedSecret AddSharedSecret
1870This method for a given ReplicationType returns the supported Operations on a StorageSynchronized association that can be supplied to the ModifyReplicaSynchronization method. This method for a given ReplicationType returns the supported Operations on a StorageSynchronized association that can be supplied to the ModifyReplicaSynchronization method.
1871A value representing the ReplicationType. A value representing the ReplicationType.
1872An array of Supported Operations. An array of Supported Operations.
1873Activate Consistency Activate Consistency
1874Deactivate Consistency Deactivate Consistency
1875Resync Replica Resync Replica
1876Restore from Replica Restore from Replica
1877Reset To Sync Reset To Sync
1878Reset To Async Reset To Async
1879Return To ResourcePool Return To ResourcePool
1880Reverse Roles Reverse Roles
1881Prepare Prepare
1882Reset To Adaptive Reset To Adaptive
1883This method for a given ReplicationType returns the supported Operations on a GroupSynchronized association that can be supplied to the ModifyReplicaSynchronization method. This method for a given ReplicationType returns the supported Operations on a GroupSynchronized association that can be supplied to the ModifyReplicaSynchronization method.
1884An array of Supported group Operations. An array of Supported group Operations.
1885This method, for a given ReplicationType, returns the supported features. This method, for a given ReplicationType, returns the supported features.
1886An array of Supported Features. An array of Supported Features.
1887Replication groups Replication groups
1888Multi-hop element replication Multi-hop element replication
1889Multi-hop elements must have same SyncType Multi-hop elements must have same SyncType
1890Multi-hop requires advance notice Multi-hop requires advance notice
1891Requires full discovery of target ComputerSystem Requires full discovery of target ComputerSystem
1892Service suspends source I/O when necessary Service suspends source I/O when necessary
1893Targets allocated from Any storage pool Targets allocated from Any storage pool
1894Targets allocated from Shared storage pool Targets allocated from Shared storage pool
1895Targets allocated from Exclusive storage pool Targets allocated from Exclusive storage pool
1896Targets allocated from Multiple storage pools Targets allocated from Multiple storage pools
1897Targets require reserved elements Targets require reserved elements
1898Target is associated to SynchronizationAspect Target is associated to SynchronizationAspect
1899Source is associated to SynchronizationAspect Source is associated to SynchronizationAspect
1900Error recovery from Broken state Automatic Error recovery from Broken state Automatic
1901Target must remain associated to source Target must remain associated to source
1902Remote resource requires remote CIMOM Remote resource requires remote CIMOM
1903Synchronized clone target detaches automatically Synchronized clone target detaches automatically
1904Reverse Roles operation requires Read Only source Reverse Roles operation requires Read Only source
1905Reverse Roles operation requires subsequent resync Reverse Roles operation requires subsequent resync
1906Restore operation requires subsequent fracture Restore operation requires subsequent fracture
1907Resync operation requires subsequent activate Resync operation requires subsequent activate
1908Copy operation requires offline source Copy operation requires offline source
1909Adjustable CopyPriority Adjustable CopyPriority
1910Source requires reserved element Source requires reserved element
1911Supports undiscovered resources Supports undiscovered resources
1912Restore operation requires subsequent detach Restore operation requires subsequent detach
1913Target element can be added to collections Target element can be added to collections
1914Reverse Roles operation requires Synchronized state Reverse Roles operation requires Synchronized state
1915Reverse Roles operation requires Fractured state Reverse Roles operation requires Fractured state
1916Reverse Roles operation requires Split state Reverse Roles operation requires Split state
1917Reverse Roles operation requires FailedOver state Reverse Roles operation requires FailedOver state
1918Reverse Roles operation requires Suspended state Reverse Roles operation requires Suspended state
1919Provider can manage remote source Provider can manage remote source
1920Provider can manage remote target Provider can manage remote target
1921Supports temporary ReplicationEntity Supports temporary ReplicationEntity
1922Supports persistent ReplicationEntity Supports persistent ReplicationEntity
1923ReplicationEntity supports embedded instance ReplicationEntity supports embedded instance
1924TargetElement shall not be supplied TargetElement shall not be supplied
1925TargetPool shall not be supplied TargetPool shall not be supplied
1926TargetGoal shall not be supplied TargetGoal shall not be supplied
1927Provider can create remote elements Provider can create remote elements
1928Creating remote elements requires TargetPool Creating remote elements requires TargetPool
1929Local targets allocated from sources resource pool Local targets allocated from sources resource pool
1930Supports SynchronizationAspect Supports SynchronizationAspect
1931Accepts foreign object paths Accepts foreign object paths
1932Failover operation requires subsequent fracture Failover operation requires subsequent fracture
1933Failover operation requires subsequent split Failover operation requires subsequent split
1934Restore operation requires subsequent resume Restore operation requires subsequent resume
1935GetPeerSystems can return access points GetPeerSystems can return access points
1936Client can supply target ElementName Client can supply target ElementName
1937Reverse Roles operation does not change CopyState Reverse Roles operation does not change CopyState
1938Failover operation requires subsequent failback Failover operation requires subsequent failback
1939Planned Failover operation requires fractured state Planned Failover operation requires fractured state
1940Target element requires resource pool reserved for replication Target element requires resource pool reserved for replication
1941This method, for a given ReplicationType, returns the supported group features. This method, for a given ReplicationType, returns the supported group features.
1942One-to-many replication One-to-many replication
1943Many-to-many groups Many-to-many groups
1944Consistency enabled for all groups Consistency enabled for all groups
1945Empty replication groups allowed Empty replication groups allowed
1946Source group must have more than one element Source group must have more than one element
1947Composite Groups Composite Groups
1948Multihop element replication Multihop element replication
1949Group can only have one single relationship active Group can only have one single relationship active
1950Source element can be removed from group Source element can be removed from group
1951Target element can be removed from group Target element can be removed from group
1952Group can be temporary Group can be temporary
1953Group is nameable Group is nameable
1954Supports target element count Supports target element count
1955Element can be member of multiple groups Element can be member of multiple groups
1956Elements of group can be mix of thin and thick Elements of group can be mix of thin and thick
1957TokenizedClone ConsistentPointInTime TokenizedClone ConsistentPointInTime
1958Target elements can be added to collections Target elements can be added to collections
1959Provider can manage remote source group Provider can manage remote source group
1960Provider can manage remote target group Provider can manage remote target group
1961TargetGroup shall not be supplied TargetGroup shall not be supplied
1962TargetSettingGoal shall not be supplied TargetSettingGoal shall not be supplied
1963Provider can create remote target group Provider can create remote target group
1964Provider can create local target group Provider can create local target group
1965Provider must create remote group Provider must create remote group
1966Target group shall be supplied Target group shall be supplied
1967CreateGroupReplica only accepts empty groups CreateGroupReplica only accepts empty groups
1968One replication group per storage pool One replication group per storage pool
1969Supports ConsistencyExempt when adding to group Supports ConsistencyExempt when adding to group
1970Add or Remove to group requires Fractured state Add or Remove to group requires Fractured state
1971Add or Remove to group requires Split state Add or Remove to group requires Split state
1972Add or Remove to group requires Suspended state Add or Remove to group requires Suspended state
1973Add or Remove to group requires FailedOver state Add or Remove to group requires FailedOver state
1974Supports SynchronizationAspect of replication group Supports SynchronizationAspect of replication group
1975No element level StorageSynchronized No element level StorageSynchronized
1976One consistent async per RemoteReplicationCollection One consistent async per RemoteReplicationCollection
1977Client can supply RelationshipName Client can supply RelationshipName
1978Implementation decides group member order Implementation decides group member order
1979Planned Failover operation requires split state Planned Failover operation requires split state
1980AddSyncPair requires Synchronized mirror pair AddSyncPair requires Synchronized mirror pair
1981Provider can create remote elements using TargetPools Provider can create remote elements using TargetPools
1982This method for a given ReplicationType returns the supported CopyStates and a parallel array to indicate for a given CopyState the target element is host accessible or not.
If the Operation parameter is supplied, the method returns only the CopyStates that the operation can be accepted.		 This method for a given ReplicationType returns the supported CopyStates and a parallel array to indicate for a given CopyState the target element is host accessible or not.
If the Operation parameter is supplied, the method returns only the CopyStates that the operation can be accepted.
1983Supported Copy States. Supported Copy States.
1984This method, for a given ReplicationType, returns the supported replication group CopyStates. This method, for a given ReplicationType, returns the supported replication group CopyStates.
1985This method, for a given ReplicationType, returns recovery point data. This method, for a given ReplicationType, returns recovery point data.
1986Property Is Not Supported Property Is Not Supported
1987Default recovery point value Default recovery point value
1988List of recovery point values based on recovery point indicator List of recovery point values based on recovery point indicator
1989An Out parameter to indicate the semantics of the supported values. An Out parameter to indicate the semantics of the supported values.
1990Range Range
1991Discrete Discrete
1992Recovery Point Objective indicates the maximum interval in which data might be lost in seconds. For synchronous copy operations, RPO is 0. For asynchronous copy operations RPO represents the interval since the most recent transmission of data to the target element. Recovery Point Objective indicates the maximum interval in which data might be lost in seconds. For synchronous copy operations, RPO is 0. For asynchronous copy operations RPO represents the interval since the most recent transmission of data to the target element.
1993This parameter is used to specify an array of source storage objects by Ids to be replicated. Consistency ordering is based on the order of objects in this array. This parameter is used to specify an array of source storage objects by Ids to be replicated. Consistency ordering is based on the order of objects in this array.
1994Represents a storage chassis in a data center. Represents a storage chassis in a data center.
1995Association between a StorageFaultDomain object and its ancestor or descendent StorageFaultDomain objects. Association between a StorageFaultDomain object and its ancestor or descendent StorageFaultDomain objects.
1996A globally unique identifier for the storage subsystem A globally unique identifier for the storage subsystem
1997The state change of the alert. The state change of the alert.
1998Creation Creation
1999Deletion Deletion
2000Modification Modification
2001The description of the object that triggered the fault. The description of the object that triggered the fault.
2002The formatted message describing the reason for the fault The formatted message describing the reason for the fault
2003A unique identifier for the object reporting the fault. A unique identifier for the object reporting the fault.
2004Storage fault event Storage fault event
2005Denotes the previous health status of the source object.
0 - 'Healthy': TBD.
1 - 'Warning': TBD.
2 - 'Unhealthy': TBD.		 Denotes the previous health status of the source object.
0 - 'Healthy': TBD.
1 - 'Warning': TBD.
2 - 'Unhealthy': TBD.
2006Denotes the current health status of the source object.
0 - 'Healthy': TBD.
1 - 'Warning': TBD.
2 - 'Unhealthy': TBD.		 Denotes the current health status of the source object.
0 - 'Healthy': TBD.
1 - 'Warning': TBD.
2 - 'Unhealthy': TBD.
2007A unique identifier for the source object. A unique identifier for the source object.
2008Storage health status change event Storage health status change event
2009Determines the default allocation behavior for virtual disks created in this pool. Fault domain aware virtual disks will intelligently pick the physical disks to use for their redundancy to balance the fault tolerance between two (or more) fault domain units of the specified type. Determines the default allocation behavior for virtual disks created in this pool. Fault domain aware virtual disks will intelligently pick the physical disks to use for their redundancy to balance the fault tolerance between two (or more) fault domain units of the specified type.
2010Denotes the version of this storage pool. Denotes the version of this storage pool.
2011Pool Metadata Version Pool Metadata Version
2012The operation is not supported on cluster. The operation is not supported on cluster.
2013You must specify a size by using the Size parameter. You must specify a size by using the Size parameter.
2014You must specify a name for this volume You must specify a name for this volume
2015You must specify a file server to expose this volume to You must specify a file server to expose this volume to
2016The volume is not exposed to the specified file server The volume is not exposed to the specified file server
2017The storage pool could not complete the operation because the health or operational status of one or more virtual disks in it does not permit it. The storage pool could not complete the operation because the health or operational status of one or more virtual disks in it does not permit it.
2019This parameter returns a reference to the storage job used to track the long running operation. This parameter returns a reference to the storage job used to track the long running operation.
2020One or more physical disks could not be removed. The policy on this storage pool requires a minimum number of physical disks to remain present. One or more physical disks could not be removed. The policy on this storage pool requires a minimum number of physical disks to remain present.
2021You may specify a write cache size by using either the WriteCacheSize or AutoWriteCacheSize parameter, but not both. You may specify a write cache size by using either the WriteCacheSize or AutoWriteCacheSize parameter, but not both.
2022A user relevant name for the relationship between the source and target groups or between a source element and a target group (i.e. one-to-many). If NULL, the implementation assigns a name. If the individual target elements require an ElementName, the implementation constructs an appropriate ElementName using the RelationshipName. For example, RelationshipName as a prefix followed by "_n" sequence number, where n is a number beginning with 1. A user relevant name for the relationship between the source and target groups or between a source element and a target group (i.e. one-to-many). If NULL, the implementation assigns a name. If the individual target elements require an ElementName, the implementation constructs an appropriate ElementName using the RelationshipName. For example, RelationshipName as a prefix followed by "_n" sequence number, where n is a number beginning with 1.
2023An ordered list of storage objects that are to be a part of the target Replication Group. An ordered list of storage objects that are to be a part of the target Replication Group.
2024The underlying storage for the target elements (the replicas) will be drawn from TargetStoragePool if specified, otherwise the allocation is implementation specific. If target elements are supplied, this parameter shall be NULL.supplied, this parameter shall be NULL.
If TargetStoragePools supplied, TargetStoragePool shall be NULL.		 The underlying storage for the target elements (the replicas) will be drawn from TargetStoragePool if specified, otherwise the allocation is implementation specific. If target elements are supplied, this parameter shall be NULL.supplied, this parameter shall be NULL.
If TargetStoragePools supplied, TargetStoragePool shall be NULL.
2025This method allows for the deletion of a replication relationship between groups. The groups themselves will be deleted if they have no more relationships with other groups; however this does not apply for SMI-S, the group may still exist. This method allows for the deletion of a replication relationship between groups. The groups themselves will be deleted if they have no more relationships with other groups; however this does not apply for SMI-S, the group may still exist.
2026This method gathers all diagnostic information and logs that the Storage SubSystem maintains, and copies them to the path specified by the DestinationPath parameter. This method gathers all diagnostic information and logs that the Storage SubSystem maintains, and copies them to the path specified by the DestinationPath parameter.
2028This method disables real-time diagnostic tracing for the Storage SubSystem. This method disables real-time diagnostic tracing for the Storage SubSystem.
2029Represents a storage rack in a data center. Represents a storage rack in a data center.
2030Represents a unit of adding storage in a data center. Represents a unit of adding storage in a data center.
2031Association between StorageSubSystem and StorageFaultDomain Association between StorageSubSystem and StorageFaultDomain
2032SetVolume SetVolume
2033If this property is set to TRUE, the partition is in direct access mode. In this mode a memory mapped file doesn't reside in RAM, instead it is mapped directly onto the Storage Class Memory device and IOs bypass the storage stack. If set to FALSE, the partiton is in the standard block mode. If this property is set to TRUE, the partition is in direct access mode. In this mode a memory mapped file doesn't reside in RAM, instead it is mapped directly onto the Storage Class Memory device and IOs bypass the storage stack. If set to FALSE, the partiton is in the standard block mode.
2034Indicates the number of bytes processed by this job so far. Indicates the number of bytes processed by this job so far.
2035Indicates the total number of bytes being processed by this job. Indicates the total number of bytes being processed by this job.
2036A unique identifier of the object that triggered the fault. A unique identifier of the object that triggered the fault.
2037A string that uniquely identifies the type of the object that triggered the fault. A string that uniquely identifies the type of the object that triggered the fault.
2038The type of Health Action. The type of Health Action.
2039The short summary description of the action. The short summary description of the action.
2040The message parameters that are plugged into the default message template for the Health Action type. These can be plugged into a custom message. The message parameters that are plugged into the default message template for the Health Action type. These can be plugged into a custom message.
2041The full description of the action. The full description of the action.
2042This is the error code if the action failed. This should be set to 0 if the action was successful. This should be NULL until the action has completed. This is the error code if the action failed. This should be set to 0 if the action was successful. This should be NULL until the action has completed.
2043A free-form string that can contain a vendor-specific error description if the action failed. A free-form string that can contain a vendor-specific error description if the action failed.
2044Current high level state of the action. Current high level state of the action.
2045Scheduled Scheduled
2046Succeeded Succeeded
2047Canceled Canceled
2048A free-form string that provides implementation-specific status of the action. A free-form string that provides implementation-specific status of the action.
2049The percentage of the action that has completed at the time that this value is requested. The percentage of the action that has completed at the time that this value is requested.
2050This class represents health-related system activities that are rolled up and scoped by the three designated health-monitored classes, i.e. MSFT_StorageSubsystem, MSFT_FileShare, and MSFT_Volume. This class represents health-related system activities that are rolled up and scoped by the three designated health-monitored classes, i.e. MSFT_StorageSubsystem, MSFT_FileShare, and MSFT_Volume.
2051The health status of the Volume.
0 - 'Healthy': The volume is functioning normally.
1 - 'Warning': The volume is still functioning, but has detected errors or issues that require administrator intervention.
2 - 'Unhealthy': The volume is not functioning, due to errors or failures. The volume needs immediate attention from an administrator.		 The health status of the Volume.
0 - 'Healthy': The volume is functioning normally.
1 - 'Warning': The volume is still functioning, but has detected errors or issues that require administrator intervention.
2 - 'Unhealthy': The volume is not functioning, due to errors or failures. The volume needs immediate attention from an administrator.
2052An array of values that denote the current operational status of the volume.
0 - 'Unknown': The operational status is unknown.
1 - 'Other': A vendor-specific OperationalStatus has been specified by setting the OtherOperationalStatusDescription property.
2 - 'OK': The volume is responding to commands and is in a normal operating state.
3 - 'Degraded': The volume is responding to commands, but is not running in an optimal operating state.
4 - 'Stressed': The volume is functioning, but needs attention. For example, the volume might be overloaded or overheated.
5 - 'Predictive Failure': The volume is functioning, but a failure is likely to occur in the near future.
6 - 'Error': An error has occurred.
7 - 'Non-Recoverable Error': A non-recoverable error has occurred.
8 - 'Starting': The volume is in the process of starting.
9 - 'Stopping': The volume is in the process of stopping.
10 - 'Stopped': The volume was stopped or shut down in a clean and orderly fashion.
11 - 'In Service': The volume is being configured, maintained, cleaned, or otherwise administered.
12 - 'No Contact': The storage provider has knowledge of the volume, but has never been able to establish communication with it.
13 - 'Lost Communication': The storage provider has knowledge of the volume and has contacted it successfully in the past, but the volume is currently unreachable.
14 - 'Aborted': Similar to Stopped, except that the volume stopped abruptly and may require configuration or maintenance.
15 - 'Dormant': The volume is reachable, but it is inactive.
16 - 'Supporting Entity in Error': This status value does not necessarily indicate trouble with the volume, but it does indicate that another device or connection that the volume depends on may need attention.
17 - 'Completed': The volume has completed an operation. This status value should be combined with OK, Error, or Degraded, depending on the outcome of the operation.
0xD00D - 'Scan Needed': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates a scan is needed but not repair.
0xD00E - 'Spot Fix Needed': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates limited repair is needed.
0xD00F - 'Full Repair Needed': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates full repair is needed.
0xD013 - 'Offline': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object is offline.		 An array of values that denote the current operational status of the volume.
0 - 'Unknown': The operational status is unknown.
1 - 'Other': A vendor-specific OperationalStatus has been specified by setting the OtherOperationalStatusDescription property.
2 - 'OK': The volume is responding to commands and is in a normal operating state.
3 - 'Degraded': The volume is responding to commands, but is not running in an optimal operating state.
4 - 'Stressed': The volume is functioning, but needs attention. For example, the volume might be overloaded or overheated.
5 - 'Predictive Failure': The volume is functioning, but a failure is likely to occur in the near future.
6 - 'Error': An error has occurred.
7 - 'Non-Recoverable Error': A non-recoverable error has occurred.
8 - 'Starting': The volume is in the process of starting.
9 - 'Stopping': The volume is in the process of stopping.
10 - 'Stopped': The volume was stopped or shut down in a clean and orderly fashion.
11 - 'In Service': The volume is being configured, maintained, cleaned, or otherwise administered.
12 - 'No Contact': The storage provider has knowledge of the volume, but has never been able to establish communication with it.
13 - 'Lost Communication': The storage provider has knowledge of the volume and has contacted it successfully in the past, but the volume is currently unreachable.
14 - 'Aborted': Similar to Stopped, except that the volume stopped abruptly and may require configuration or maintenance.
15 - 'Dormant': The volume is reachable, but it is inactive.
16 - 'Supporting Entity in Error': This status value does not necessarily indicate trouble with the volume, but it does indicate that another device or connection that the volume depends on may need attention.
17 - 'Completed': The volume has completed an operation. This status value should be combined with OK, Error, or Degraded, depending on the outcome of the operation.
0xD00D - 'Scan Needed': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates a scan is needed but not repair.
0xD00E - 'Spot Fix Needed': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates limited repair is needed.
0xD00F - 'Full Repair Needed': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates full repair is needed.
0xD013 - 'Offline': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object is offline.
2053The allocation unit size of the volume. The allocation unit size of the volume.
2054Method not supported in this subsystem. Method not supported in this subsystem.
2055The Storage Health is not online. The Storage Health is not online.
2056This method retrieved the Health Actions being perfomed on the Volume. This method retrieved the Health Actions being perfomed on the Volume.
2057Health Actions currently being performed on the Volume. Health Actions currently being performed on the Volume.
2058A string representation of the Adapter's serial number. A string representation of the Adapter's serial number.
2059An array of values that denote the current operational status of the volume.
0 - 'Unknown': The operational status is unknown.
1 - 'Other': A vendor-specific OperationalStatus has been specified by setting the OtherOperationalStatusDescription property.
2 - 'OK': The disk is responding to commands and is in a normal operating state.
3 - 'Degraded': The disk is responding to commands, but is not running in an optimal operating state.
4 - 'Stressed': The disk is functioning, but needs attention. For example, the disk might be overloaded or overheated.
5 - 'Predictive Failure': The disk is functioning, but a failure is likely to occur in the near future.
6 - 'Error': An error has occurred.
7 - 'Non-Recoverable Error': A non-recoverable error has occurred.
8 - 'Starting': The disk is in the process of starting.
9 - 'Stopping': The disk is in the process of stopping.
10 - 'Stopped': The disk was stopped or shut down in a clean and orderly fashion.
11 - 'In Service': The disk is being configured, maintained, cleaned, or otherwise administered.
12 - 'No Contact': The storage provider has knowledge of the disk, but has never been able to establish communication with it.
13 - 'Lost Communication': The storage provider has knowledge of the disk and has contacted it successfully in the past, but the disk is currently unreachable.
14 - 'Aborted': Similar to Stopped, except that the disk stopped abruptly and may require configuration or maintenance.
15 - 'Dormant': The disk is reachable, but it is inactive.
16 - 'Supporting Entity in Error': This status value does not necessarily indicate trouble with the disk, but it does indicate that another device or connection that the disk depends on may need attention.
17 - 'Completed': The disk has completed an operation. This status value should be combined with OK, Error, or Degraded, depending on the outcome of the operation.
0xD010 - 'Online': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object is online.
0xD011 - 'Not Ready': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object is not ready.
0xD012 - 'No Media': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object has no media present.
0xD013 - 'Offline': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object is offline.
0xD014 - 'Failed': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object is in a failed state.		 An array of values that denote the current operational status of the volume.
0 - 'Unknown': The operational status is unknown.
1 - 'Other': A vendor-specific OperationalStatus has been specified by setting the OtherOperationalStatusDescription property.
2 - 'OK': The disk is responding to commands and is in a normal operating state.
3 - 'Degraded': The disk is responding to commands, but is not running in an optimal operating state.
4 - 'Stressed': The disk is functioning, but needs attention. For example, the disk might be overloaded or overheated.
5 - 'Predictive Failure': The disk is functioning, but a failure is likely to occur in the near future.
6 - 'Error': An error has occurred.
7 - 'Non-Recoverable Error': A non-recoverable error has occurred.
8 - 'Starting': The disk is in the process of starting.
9 - 'Stopping': The disk is in the process of stopping.
10 - 'Stopped': The disk was stopped or shut down in a clean and orderly fashion.
11 - 'In Service': The disk is being configured, maintained, cleaned, or otherwise administered.
12 - 'No Contact': The storage provider has knowledge of the disk, but has never been able to establish communication with it.
13 - 'Lost Communication': The storage provider has knowledge of the disk and has contacted it successfully in the past, but the disk is currently unreachable.
14 - 'Aborted': Similar to Stopped, except that the disk stopped abruptly and may require configuration or maintenance.
15 - 'Dormant': The disk is reachable, but it is inactive.
16 - 'Supporting Entity in Error': This status value does not necessarily indicate trouble with the disk, but it does indicate that another device or connection that the disk depends on may need attention.
17 - 'Completed': The disk has completed an operation. This status value should be combined with OK, Error, or Degraded, depending on the outcome of the operation.
0xD010 - 'Online': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object is online.
0xD011 - 'Not Ready': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object is not ready.
0xD012 - 'No Media': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object has no media present.
0xD013 - 'Offline': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object is offline.
0xD014 - 'Failed': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object is in a failed state.
2060The health status of the Volume.
0 - 'Healthy': The disk is functioning normally.
1 - 'Warning': The disk is still functioning, but has detected errors or issues that require administrator intervention.
2 - 'Unhealthy': The volume is not functioning, due to errors or failures. The volume needs immediate attention from an administrator.		 The health status of the Volume.
0 - 'Healthy': The disk is functioning normally.
1 - 'Warning': The disk is still functioning, but has detected errors or issues that require administrator intervention.
2 - 'Unhealthy': The volume is not functioning, due to errors or failures. The volume needs immediate attention from an administrator.
2061SCM SCM
2062If IsHighlyAvailable is TRUE, the disk is highly available. If IsHighlyAvailable is TRUE, the disk is highly available.
2063If IsScaleOut is TRUE, the disk is scaled out. If IsScaleOut is TRUE, the disk is scaled out.
2064This method creates a single volume using the remaining space on the disk. This method creates a single volume using the remaining space on the disk.
2065The specified cluster size is invalid. The specified cluster size is invalid.
2066Failover clustering was enabled for the storage object but it failed to come online. Failover clustering was enabled for the storage object but it failed to come online.
2067This parameter allows the user to specify the FriendlyName at the time of the volume creation. FriendlyNames are expected to be descriptive, however they are not required to be unique. The filesystem's label will be set to this friendly name. This parameter allows the user to specify the FriendlyName at the time of the volume creation. FriendlyNames are expected to be descriptive, however they are not required to be unique. The filesystem's label will be set to this friendly name.
2068Specifies the file system to format the created volume. Specifying a CSV file system is only supported on a storage spaces subsystem. For CSV the disk must be clusterable and the volume created will be a cluster shared volume. Specifies the file system to format the created volume. Specifying a CSV file system is only supported on a storage spaces subsystem. For CSV the disk must be clusterable and the volume created will be a cluster shared volume.
2069Specifies the allocation unit size to use when formatting the volume. Specifies the allocation unit size to use when formatting the volume.
2070This method enables High Availability and Scale Out features on this disk. These features are only available to disks that belong to a highly available storage subsystem. This method enables High Availability and Scale Out features on this disk. These features are only available to disks that belong to a highly available storage subsystem.
2071High Availability could not be enabled for this storage object. High Availability could not be enabled for this storage object.
2072Scale Out could not be enabled for this storage object. Scale Out could not be enabled for this storage object.
2073This parameter allows the user to specify whether the disk should enable Scale Out features. By default, this parameter is 'True', enabling Scale Out. This parameter allows the user to specify whether the disk should enable Scale Out features. By default, this parameter is 'True', enabling Scale Out.
2074This method disables High Availability and Scale Out features of this disk. No data will be lost, however acces to the disk may be interrupted as part of this operation. This method disables High Availability and Scale Out features of this disk. No data will be lost, however acces to the disk may be interrupted as part of this operation.
2075High Availability could not be disabled for this storage object. High Availability could not be disabled for this storage object.
2076Scale Out could not be disabled for this storage object. Scale Out could not be disabled for this storage object.
2077Failed to offline the storage object in Failover cluster. Failed to offline the storage object in Failover cluster.
2078VHD Set VHD Set
2079An array of values that denote the current operational status of the fileshare.
0 - 'Unknown': The operational status is unknown.
1 - 'Other': A vendor-specific OperationalStatus has been specified by setting the OtherOperationalStatusDescription property.
2 - 'OK': The disk is responding to commands and is in a normal operating state.
3 - 'Degraded': The disk is responding to commands, but is not running in an optimal operating state.
4 - 'Stressed': The disk is functioning, but needs attention. For example, the disk might be overloaded or overheated.
5 - 'Predictive Failure': The disk is functioning, but a failure is likely to occur in the near future.
6 - 'Error': An error has occurred.
7 - 'Non-Recoverable Error': A non-recoverable error has occurred.
8 - 'Starting': The disk is in the process of starting.
9 - 'Stopping': The disk is in the process of stopping.
10 - 'Stopped': The disk was stopped or shut down in a clean and orderly fashion.
11 - 'In Service': The disk is being configured, maintained, cleaned, or otherwise administered.
12 - 'No Contact': The storage provider has knowledge of the disk, but has never been able to establish communication with it.
13 - 'Lost Communication': The storage provider has knowledge of the disk and has contacted it successfully in the past, but the disk is currently unreachable.
14 - 'Aborted': Similar to Stopped, except that the disk stopped abruptly and may require configuration or maintenance.
15 - 'Dormant': The disk is reachable, but it is inactive.
16 - 'Supporting Entity in Error': This status value does not necessarily indicate trouble with the disk, but it does indicate that another device or connection that the disk depends on may need attention.
17 - 'Completed': The disk has completed an operation. This status value should be combined with OK, Error, or Degraded, depending on the outcome of the operation.
0xD010 - 'Online': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object is online.
0xD011 - 'Not Ready': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object is not ready.
0xD012 - 'No Media': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object has no media present.
0xD013 - 'Offline': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object is offline.
0xD014 - 'Failed': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object is in a failed state.		 An array of values that denote the current operational status of the fileshare.
0 - 'Unknown': The operational status is unknown.
1 - 'Other': A vendor-specific OperationalStatus has been specified by setting the OtherOperationalStatusDescription property.
2 - 'OK': The disk is responding to commands and is in a normal operating state.
3 - 'Degraded': The disk is responding to commands, but is not running in an optimal operating state.
4 - 'Stressed': The disk is functioning, but needs attention. For example, the disk might be overloaded or overheated.
5 - 'Predictive Failure': The disk is functioning, but a failure is likely to occur in the near future.
6 - 'Error': An error has occurred.
7 - 'Non-Recoverable Error': A non-recoverable error has occurred.
8 - 'Starting': The disk is in the process of starting.
9 - 'Stopping': The disk is in the process of stopping.
10 - 'Stopped': The disk was stopped or shut down in a clean and orderly fashion.
11 - 'In Service': The disk is being configured, maintained, cleaned, or otherwise administered.
12 - 'No Contact': The storage provider has knowledge of the disk, but has never been able to establish communication with it.
13 - 'Lost Communication': The storage provider has knowledge of the disk and has contacted it successfully in the past, but the disk is currently unreachable.
14 - 'Aborted': Similar to Stopped, except that the disk stopped abruptly and may require configuration or maintenance.
15 - 'Dormant': The disk is reachable, but it is inactive.
16 - 'Supporting Entity in Error': This status value does not necessarily indicate trouble with the disk, but it does indicate that another device or connection that the disk depends on may need attention.
17 - 'Completed': The disk has completed an operation. This status value should be combined with OK, Error, or Degraded, depending on the outcome of the operation.
0xD010 - 'Online': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object is online.
0xD011 - 'Not Ready': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object is not ready.
0xD012 - 'No Media': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object has no media present.
0xD013 - 'Offline': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object is offline.
0xD014 - 'Failed': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object is in a failed state.
2080This operation is not supported for local file servers. This operation is not supported for local file servers.
2081At least one account name needs to be specified At least one account name needs to be specified
2082You must specify an access right You must specify an access right
2083This method retrieved the Health Actions being perfomed on the File Share. This method retrieved the Health Actions being perfomed on the File Share.
2084Health Actions currently being performed on the File Share. Health Actions currently being performed on the File Share.
2085Unable to find the mount point of the volume. Unable to find the mount point of the volume.
2086The specified sharing protocol is not supported. The specified sharing protocol is not supported.
2087The file server still contains file shares. The file server still contains file shares.
2088The unique id of the storage tier associated with this extent. The unique id of the storage tier associated with this extent.
2089The unique id of the virtual disk associated with this extent. The unique id of the virtual disk associated with this extent.
2090The byte offset of this extent from the start of the virtual disk. The byte offset of this extent from the start of the virtual disk.
2091The column number associated with this extent. The column number associated with this extent.
2092The copy number associated with this extent. The copy number associated with this extent.
2093The copy number of the replacement for this extent. The copy number of the replacement for this extent.
2094The unique id of the physical disk associated with this extent. The unique id of the physical disk associated with this extent.
2095The byte offset of this extent from the start of the physical disk. The byte offset of this extent from the start of the physical disk.
2096The size of this extent in bytes. The size of this extent in bytes.
2097The flags associated with this extent. The flags associated with this extent.
2098The operational statuses associated with this extent. The operational statuses associated with this extent.
2099Active Active
2100Need Reallocation Need Reallocation
2101Need Regeneration Need Regeneration
2102Regenerating Regenerating
2103Not Allocated Not Allocated
2104Pending Deletion Pending Deletion
2105The operational details associated with this extent. The operational details associated with this extent.
2106Physical extent properties. Physical extent properties.
2107This field indicates the intended usage for this storage tier. This field indicates the intended usage for this storage tier.
2108Data Data
2109Read Cache Read Cache
2110Write Cache Write Cache
2111Dirty Region Tracking Dirty Region Tracking
2112The currently allocated size of the storage tier. If the storage tier's ProvisioningType is 2 - 'Fixed', this value should equal Size. If the ProvisioningType is 1 - 'Thin', this value is the amount of space actually allocated (i.e. some value less than Size). The currently allocated size of the storage tier. If the storage tier's ProvisioningType is 2 - 'Fixed', this value should equal Size. If the ProvisioningType is 1 - 'Thin', this value is the amount of space actually allocated (i.e. some value less than Size).
2113This field indicates the total storage pool capacity being consumed by this storage tier. For example: in the case of a 2-way mirrored storage tier of size 1 GB, the footprint on the pool will be approximately 2 GB. This field indicates the total storage pool capacity being consumed by this storage tier. For example: in the case of a 2-way mirrored storage tier of size 1 GB, the footprint on the pool will be approximately 2 GB.
2114Denotes the provisioning scheme of the storage tier.
1 - 'Thin' indicates that the storage tier's capacity is allocated on demand.
2 - 'Fixed' indicates that the storage tier's capacity is fully allocated upon creation.		 Denotes the provisioning scheme of the storage tier.
1 - 'Thin' indicates that the storage tier's capacity is allocated on demand.
2 - 'Fixed' indicates that the storage tier's capacity is fully allocated upon creation.
2115Specifies the allocation unit size in bytes for this storage tier. Specifies the allocation unit size in bytes for this storage tier.
2116Classification of this storage tier in the virtual disk Classification of this storage tier in the virtual disk
2117Capacity Capacity
2118Performance Performance
2119Determines the current allocation behavior for this storage tier. Fault domain aware storage tiers will intelligently pick the physical disks to use for their redundancy to balance the fault tolerance between two (or more) fault domain units of the specified type. Determines the current allocation behavior for this storage tier. Fault domain aware storage tiers will intelligently pick the physical disks to use for their redundancy to balance the fault tolerance between two (or more) fault domain units of the specified type.
2120Determines the fault domain type by which each column in this storage tier is isolated. Determines the fault domain type by which each column in this storage tier is isolated.
2121The name of the resiliency setting used to create this storage tier. The name of the resiliency setting used to create this storage tier.
2122This field indicates the number of light parities to form for parity-based resiliency settings. If the resiliency setting is not parity-based, this field will be set to 1. This field indicates the number of light parities to form for parity-based resiliency settings. If the resiliency setting is not parity-based, this field will be set to 1.
2123This field indicates the number of underlying physical disks across which data for this storage tier is striped. This field indicates the number of underlying physical disks across which data for this storage tier is striped.
2124This field indicates what type of parity layout is being used for parity resiliency settings. This field should be NULL if the storage tier does not use a parity resiliency setting. This field indicates what type of parity layout is being used for parity resiliency settings. This field should be NULL if the storage tier does not use a parity resiliency setting.
2125This method returns the physical extents spanned by the storage tier. This method returns the physical extents spanned by the storage tier.
2126Physical extents spanned by the storage tier. Physical extents spanned by the storage tier.
2127The value for NumberOfGroups is outside of the supported range of values. The value for NumberOfGroups is outside of the supported range of values.
2128The specified ProvisioningType is not supported. The specified ProvisioningType is not supported.
2129The specified FaultDomainAwareness, ColumnIsolation, or both are not valid. The specified FaultDomainAwareness, ColumnIsolation, or both are not valid.
2130File not found. File not found.
2131The requested file(s) is(are) not pinned to a tier. The requested file(s) is(are) not pinned to a tier.
2132Progress Update Progress Update
2133A unique identifier for the health action instance. A unique identifier for the health action instance.
2134A string that uniquely identifies the type of health action. A string that uniquely identifies the type of health action.
2135The short summary description of the health action. The short summary description of the health action.
2136Storage health action event Storage health action event
2137A user-friendly string representing the name of the fault domain object. A user-friendly string representing the name of the fault domain object.
2138A user settable description of the fault domain object. A user settable description of the fault domain object.
2139This field represents the name of the company responsible for the hardware backing the fault domain oject. For physical disk it must match the disk's SCSI inquiry data. This field represents the name of the company responsible for the hardware backing the fault domain oject. For physical disk it must match the disk's SCSI inquiry data.
2140This field represents the model number of the hardware. For physical disk it must match the disk's SCSI inquiry data. This field represents the model number of the hardware. For physical disk it must match the disk's SCSI inquiry data.
2141This field represents the serial number of the hardware. For physical disk it must match the disk's SCSI inquiry data. This field represents the serial number of the hardware. For physical disk it must match the disk's SCSI inquiry data.
2142Removing From Pool Removing From Pool
2143In Maintenance Mode In Maintenance Mode
2144Updating Firmware Updating Firmware
2145Device Hardware Error Device Hardware Error
2146Not Usable Not Usable
2147Transient Error Transient Error
2148Starting Maintenance Mode Starting Maintenance Mode
2149Stopping Maintenance Mode Stopping Maintenance Mode
2150This field contains details on the operation of the fault domain object. This field contains details on the operation of the fault domain object.
2151This field indicates the size in bytes of the user data footprint from virtual disks on this physical disk. This field indicates the size in bytes of the user data footprint from virtual disks on this physical disk.
2152Partial SCM Partial SCM
2153Verification in progress Verification in progress
2154Verification failed Verification failed
2155Firmware not compliant Firmware not compliant
2156Hardware not compliant Hardware not compliant
2157This method returns the physical extents on the physical disk. This method returns the physical extents on the physical disk.
2158Currently unsafe to perform the operation Currently unsafe to perform the operation
2159Physical extents on the physical disk. Physical extents on the physical disk.
2160If set to TRUE, this instructs the physical disk to enable maintenance mode. If set to TRUE, this instructs the physical disk to enable maintenance mode.
2161This indicates the time in seconds before stale data will be moved off of this physical disk. This indicates the time in seconds before stale data will be moved off of this physical disk.
2162Ignore any detached virtual disks with allocations on this physical disk. Ignore any detached virtual disks with allocations on this physical disk.
2163This method returns the firmware information for a physical disk. This method returns the firmware information for a physical disk.
2164Indicates whether this physical disk supports firmware update operation used by Windows Indicates whether this physical disk supports firmware update operation used by Windows
2165Indicates how many firmware slots this physical disk supports Indicates how many firmware slots this physical disk supports
2166Indicates the current active firmware slot number of this physical disk Indicates the current active firmware slot number of this physical disk
2167Indicates the number associated with the firmware slot Indicates the number associated with the firmware slot
2168Indicates whether the firmware slot can be used to download new firmware image to Indicates whether the firmware slot can be used to download new firmware image to
2169Indicates the firmware revision represented by firmware in slot Indicates the firmware revision represented by firmware in slot
2170This method updates firmware to the physical disk. This method updates firmware to the physical disk.
2171The path and name of firmware image file. The path and name of firmware image file.
2172The firmware slot number to download the firmware image to. The firmware slot number to download the firmware image to.
2173Configuration Configuration
2174Suboptimal Suboptimal
2175Indicates whether or not there are tiers associated with this virtual disk. Indicates whether or not there are tiers associated with this virtual disk.
2176Specifies the allocation unit size in bytes for this virtual disk. Specifies the allocation unit size in bytes for this virtual disk.
2177Specifies the media type of the physical disks to which allocations for this virtual disk are scoped to. Specifies the media type of the physical disks to which allocations for this virtual disk are scoped to.
2178Determines the fault domain type by which each column in this virtual disk is isolated. Determines the fault domain type by which each column in this virtual disk is isolated.
2179Size of the read cache for the virtual disk Size of the read cache for the virtual disk
2180This method returns the physical extents spanned by the virtual disk. This method returns the physical extents spanned by the virtual disk.
2181Physical extents spanned by the virtual disk. Physical extents spanned by the virtual disk.
2182The virtual disk repair operation encountered failures. The virtual disk repair operation encountered failures.
2183This method allows the user to update or set various properties on the virtual disk. Note that not all parameters must be specified, and only those given will be updated. This method allows the user to update or set various properties on the virtual disk. Note that not all parameters must be specified, and only those given will be updated.
2184The value for AllocationUnitSize must be a multiple of 256 MB. The value for AllocationUnitSize must be a multiple of 256 MB.
2185Could not attach the virtual disk because too many physical disks have failed or gone missing. Could not attach the virtual disk because too many physical disks have failed or gone missing.
2186This method adds one or more physical disks for manual allocation. This method adds one or more physical disks for manual allocation.
2187One or more physical disks are not supported by this operation. One or more physical disks are not supported by this operation.
2188One or more physical disks are already in use. One or more physical disks are already in use.
2189One or more physical disks use a sector size that is not supported by this storage pool. One or more physical disks use a sector size that is not supported by this storage pool.
2190This method removes one or more physical disks from manual allocation. This method removes one or more physical disks from manual allocation.
2191One or more physical disks could not be removed because they are still in use. One or more physical disks could not be removed because they are still in use.
2192Association between replicated partitions Association between replicated partitions
2193An array of supported features of partition objects for replication. An array of supported features of partition objects for replication.
2194Supports GUID Partition Table Supports GUID Partition Table
2195Supports MBR Partition Supports MBR Partition
2196Supports NTFS File System Supports NTFS File System
2197Supports ReFS File System Supports ReFS File System
2198Supports Cluster Shared Volume Supports Cluster Shared Volume
2199Minimum log size in bytes supported for replication. Minimum log size in bytes supported for replication.
2200Maximum log size in bytes supported for replication. Maximum log size in bytes supported for replication.
2201Association between ReplicationGroup and Partition Association between ReplicationGroup and Partition
2202This field describes the minimum number of light parities that can be formed for parity-based resiliency settings. If the resiliency setting is not parity-based, this field will be set to 1. This field describes the minimum number of light parities that can be formed for parity-based resiliency settings. If the resiliency setting is not parity-based, this field will be set to 1.
2203This field describes the maximum number of light parities that can be formed for parity-based resiliency settings. If the resiliency setting is not parity-based, this field will be set to 1. This field describes the maximum number of light parities that can be formed for parity-based resiliency settings. If the resiliency setting is not parity-based, this field will be set to 1.
2204This field describes the desired number of light parities that will be formed for parity-based resiliency settings. If the resiliency setting is not parity-based, this field will be set to 1. This field describes the desired number of light parities that will be formed for parity-based resiliency settings. If the resiliency setting is not parity-based, this field will be set to 1.
2205Specifies the desired number of light parities to form in a parity-based resiliency setting. This value must be between NumberOfGroupsMin and NumberOfGroupsMax. Specifies the desired number of light parities to form in a parity-based resiliency setting. This value must be between NumberOfGroupsMin and NumberOfGroupsMax.
2206This method allows a user to perform certain maintenance tasks on the physical disks in the storage enclosure. This method allows a user to perform certain maintenance tasks on the physical disks in the storage enclosure.
2207If set to TRUE, this instructs the physical disks in the storage enclosure to enable maintenance mode. If set to TRUE, this instructs the physical disks in the storage enclosure to enable maintenance mode.
2208This indicates the time in seconds before stale data will be moved off the physical disks in this storage enclosure This indicates the time in seconds before stale data will be moved off the physical disks in this storage enclosure
2209The model of the physical disks to put into maintenance mode. The model of the physical disks to put into maintenance mode.
2210The manufacturer of the physical disks to be put into maintenance mode. The manufacturer of the physical disks to be put into maintenance mode.
2211Ignore any detached virtual disks. Ignore any detached virtual disks.
2212Name of the storage health setting Name of the storage health setting
2213Value of the storage health setting. Value of the storage health setting.
2214This class represents the Name - Value pairs for storage health settings related to the subsystem. This class represents the Name - Value pairs for storage health settings related to the subsystem.
2215BytesPerSecond BytesPerSecond
2216CountPerSecond CountPerSecond
2217Seconds Seconds
2218Dimensionless Dimensionless
2219The Report instance object UniqueId. The Report instance object UniqueId.
2220Report Records Report Records
2221Storage Health report generated for the current state of the MSFT_Volume. Storage Health report generated for the current state of the MSFT_Volume.
2222Gets the settings for the current storage health. Gets the settings for the current storage health.
2223The name specified is invalid. The name specified is invalid.
2224Name of the setting in storage health that wants to be retrieved. If omitted, all the settings are retrieved. Name of the setting in storage health that wants to be retrieved. If omitted, all the settings are retrieved.
2225List of storage health settings. List of storage health settings.
2226Set a setting to the current storage health. If the setting doesn't exist, it creates it. Set a setting to the current storage health. If the setting doesn't exist, it creates it.
2227You must specify a name. You must specify a name.
2228You must specify a value. You must specify a value.
2229The value specified is invalid. The value specified is invalid.
2230Name of the storage health setting being set. Name of the storage health setting being set.
2231Value of the storage health setting being set. Value of the storage health setting being set.
2232Removes a setting from the current storage health. Removes a setting from the current storage health.
2233Name of the storage health setting to be removed. Name of the storage health setting to be removed.
2234Get Health Report for the Target Storage Object. Get Health Report for the Target Storage Object.
2235The Storage Object is not supported for report. The Storage Object is not supported for report.
2236Storage Object on which the health report will be collected. Storage Object on which the health report will be collected.
2237Number of reports to be collected before the the api returns. Number of reports to be collected before the the api returns.
2238Instances containing the health reports on the specified target object. Instances containing the health reports on the specified target object.
2239Set the storage fault domain object maintenance mode. Set the storage fault domain object maintenance mode.
2240Storage Fault domain on which the maintenance mode will be enabled/disabled. Storage Fault domain on which the maintenance mode will be enabled/disabled.
2241If set to TRUE, this instructs the fault domain to enable maintenance mode. If set to TRUE, this instructs the fault domain to enable maintenance mode.
2242This indicates the time before stale data will be moved off of this fault domain object. This indicates the time before stale data will be moved off of this fault domain object.
2243The model of the physical disks in the storage fault domain to put into maintenance mode. The model of the physical disks in the storage fault domain to put into maintenance mode.
2244The manufacturer of the physical disks in the storage fault domain to be put into maintenance mode. The manufacturer of the physical disks in the storage fault domain to be put into maintenance mode.
2245Flags for validations that may be supported. Combinations of these may also be supported. Flags for validations that may be supported. Combinations of these may also be supported.
2246VirtualDisksHealthy VirtualDisksHealthy
2247Represent the Storage Health in the Subsystem. Represent the Storage Health in the Subsystem.
2248This field is a string representation of the node's firmware version. This field is a string representation of the node's firmware version.
2249Removing from pool Removing from pool
2250Updating firmware Updating firmware
2251Indicates whether the physical disk is physically connected to this storage node. Indicates whether the physical disk is physically connected to this storage node.
2252The device number for the enclosure on this storage node. The device number for the enclosure on this storage node.
2253Indicates whether the storage enclosure is physically connected to this storage node. Indicates whether the storage enclosure is physically connected to this storage node.
2254Indicates the default media type to use when creating new virtual disks on this storage pool. Indicates the default media type to use when creating new virtual disks on this storage pool.
2255You must specify the enclosure awareness (either the IsEnclosureAware or EnclosureAwareDefault parameter) or the fault domain awareness (either the FaultDomainAwareness or FaultDomainAwarenessDefault parameter), but not both. You must specify the enclosure awareness (either the IsEnclosureAware or EnclosureAwareDefault parameter) or the fault domain awareness (either the FaultDomainAwareness or FaultDomainAwarenessDefault parameter), but not both.
2256The provider does not support a value for fault domain awareness other than physical disk or storage enclosure. The provider does not support a value for fault domain awareness other than physical disk or storage enclosure.
2257This combination of parameters is unsupported. This combination of parameters is unsupported.
2258This storage pool does not support the creation of tiered virtual disks with custom allocation unit sizes. This storage pool does not support the creation of tiered virtual disks with custom allocation unit sizes.
2259The value for ReadCacheSize is outside of the supported range of values. The value for ReadCacheSize is outside of the supported range of values.
2260Specifies the allocation unit size to use when creating the virtual disk. Specifies the allocation unit size to use when creating the virtual disk.
2261Specifies the media type to use when creating the virtual disk. Specifies the media type to use when creating the virtual disk.
2262Specifies the number of light parities to form for parity-based resiliency settings. This value must be between NumberOfGroupsMin and NumberOfGroupsMax for the resiliency setting specified by ResiliencySettingName. Specifies the number of light parities to form for parity-based resiliency settings. This value must be between NumberOfGroupsMin and NumberOfGroupsMax for the resiliency setting specified by ResiliencySettingName.
2263Determines the allocation behavior for this virtual disk. Fault domain aware virtual disks will intelligently pick the physical disks to use for their redundancy to balance the fault tolerance between two (or more) fault domain units of the specified type. Determines the allocation behavior for this virtual disk. Fault domain aware virtual disks will intelligently pick the physical disks to use for their redundancy to balance the fault tolerance between two (or more) fault domain units of the specified type.
2264Determines the fault domain type by which each column in this virtual disk should be isolated. Determines the fault domain type by which each column in this virtual disk should be isolated.
2265Size of the read cache on the virtual disk Size of the read cache on the virtual disk
2266The provider does not support the allocation unit size parameter. The provider does not support the allocation unit size parameter.
2267Read cache is only supported by the ReFS filesystem. Read cache is only supported by the ReFS filesystem.
2268You must specify the FileSystem parameter. You must specify the FileSystem parameter.
2269Indicates the size of the read cache on the virtual disk. Indicates the size of the read cache on the virtual disk.
2270Determines the allocation behavior for this storage tier. Fault domain aware storage tiers will intelligently pick the physical disks to use for their redundancy to balance the fault tolerance between two (or more) fault domain units of the specified type. Determines the allocation behavior for this storage tier. Fault domain aware storage tiers will intelligently pick the physical disks to use for their redundancy to balance the fault tolerance between two (or more) fault domain units of the specified type.
2271Determines the fault domain type by which each column in this storage tier should be isolated. Determines the fault domain type by which each column in this storage tier should be isolated.
2272Specifies the name of the resiliency setting that should be used for storage tier creation. Specifies the name of the resiliency setting that should be used for storage tier creation.
2273Specifies the number of bytes that should be used for a strip in the common striping-based resiliency settings. The strip is defined as the size of the portion of a stripe that lies on one physical disk. Thus Interleave * NumberOfColumns will yield the size of one stripe of user data. Specifies the number of bytes that should be used for a strip in the common striping-based resiliency settings. The strip is defined as the size of the portion of a stripe that lies on one physical disk. Thus Interleave * NumberOfColumns will yield the size of one stripe of user data.
2274Specifies the number of complete data copies to maintain for this storage tier. If specified, this value will override the NumberOfDataCopiesDefault value that would have been inherited from the resiliency setting specified by ResiliencySettingName. Specifies the number of complete data copies to maintain for this storage tier. If specified, this value will override the NumberOfDataCopiesDefault value that would have been inherited from the resiliency setting specified by ResiliencySettingName.
2275Specifies how many physical disk failures the storage tier should be able to withstand before data loss occurs. Specifies how many physical disk failures the storage tier should be able to withstand before data loss occurs.
2276This method upgrades the version of the storage pool. This method upgrades the version of the storage pool.
2277This method rebalances the data in the storage pool. This method rebalances the data in the storage pool.
2278This method adds one or more physical disks from the primordial storage pool to an existing concrete storage pool. This method adds one or more physical disks from the primordial storage pool to an existing concrete storage pool.
2279One or more storage devices are unresponsive. One or more storage devices are unresponsive.
2280The provider does not support the fault domain awareness parameter. The provider does not support the fault domain awareness parameter.
2281Specifies the fault domain awareness that should be used when determining the supported sizes. Note that the sizes returned may be different depending on the fault domain awareness. Specifies the fault domain awareness that should be used when determining the supported sizes. Note that the sizes returned may be different depending on the fault domain awareness.
2282This parameter indicates the default media type to use when creating a new virtual disk on this storage pool. This parameter indicates the default media type to use when creating a new virtual disk on this storage pool.
2283This parameter indicates the default allocation policy for virtual disks created in a fault domain aware storage pool. For example, an enclosure aware subsystem could balance each data copy of the virtual disk across multiple storage enclosures such that each enclosure contains a full data copy of the virtual disk. This parameter indicates the default allocation policy for virtual disks created in a fault domain aware storage pool. For example, an enclosure aware subsystem could balance each data copy of the virtual disk across multiple storage enclosures such that each enclosure contains a full data copy of the virtual disk.
2284Determines the default allocation behavior for storage pools created in this subsystem. If the subsystem does not support storage pool creation, then it determines the default allocation behavior for virtual disks created in this subsystem. Determines the default allocation behavior for storage pools created in this subsystem. If the subsystem does not support storage pool creation, then it determines the default allocation behavior for virtual disks created in this subsystem.
2285File systems supported on this subsystem. File systems supported on this subsystem.
2286The storage transport on this subsystem. The storage transport on this subsystem.
2287Shared Storage Shared Storage
2288Local Storage Local Storage
2289Denotes the object types supported for Deduplication in this subsystem. Denotes the object types supported for Deduplication in this subsystem.
2290StoragePool StoragePool
2291Denotes the file system types supported for Deduplication in this subsystem. Denotes the file system types supported for Deduplication in this subsystem.
2292This parameter indicates the media type to be used by default when creating a new virtual disk on this storage pool. If no default is specified, the default is inherited from the primordial pool. This parameter indicates the media type to be used by default when creating a new virtual disk on this storage pool. If no default is specified, the default is inherited from the primordial pool.
2293This method allows a user to update or set various defaults on the storage subsystem. Note that not all parameters must be specified, and only those given will be updated. This method allows a user to update or set various defaults on the storage subsystem. Note that not all parameters must be specified, and only those given will be updated.
2294This parameter indicates whether objects in this subsystem are automatically clustered. This parameter indicates whether objects in this subsystem are automatically clustered.
2295This parameter indicates the default allocation policy for storage pools created in this subsystem. If the subsystem does not support storage pool creation, then it determines the default allocation behavior for virtual disks created in this subsystem. This parameter indicates the default allocation policy for storage pools created in this subsystem. If the subsystem does not support storage pool creation, then it determines the default allocation behavior for virtual disks created in this subsystem.
2296This is not a supported replication scenario. This is not a supported replication scenario.
2297Not enough storage objects were specified to successfully complete the operation. Not enough storage objects were specified to successfully complete the operation.
2298Required field of replication group name is missing from input. Required field of replication group name is missing from input.
2299Required field of replication settings is missing from input. Required field of replication settings is missing from input.
2300Required field of log device is missing from input. Required field of log device is missing from input.
2301One of specified volumes is not eligible to be a log volume. One of specified volumes is not eligible to be a log volume.
2302Log size from input is not a valid log size. Log size from input is not a valid log size.
2303Replication quorum is not allowed to be set to this value. Replication quorum is not allowed to be set to this value.
2304Sync mode is not allowed to be set to this value. Sync mode is not allowed to be set to this value.
2305Fail to create replication group. Fail to create replication group.
2306There is not storage element specified in input. There is not storage element specified in input.
2307Partition access path is not available for replication group. Partition access path is not available for replication group.
2308Unable to retrieve replication group id right now. Unable to retrieve replication group id right now.
2309You must specify a host name for this file server. You must specify a host name for this file server.
2310You must specify a sharing protocol for this file server. You must specify a sharing protocol for this file server.
2311The Scale-Out File Server cluster role is not installed. The Scale-Out File Server cluster role is not installed.
2312The host name is already in use. The host name is already in use.
2313The host name is invalid. The host name is invalid.
2314Relative paths are not supported. Relative paths are not supported.
2315Unable to create the destination path. Unable to create the destination path.
2316Unable to capture a live dump of the storage subsystem. Unable to capture a live dump of the storage subsystem.
2317Unable to gather the operational log of the storage subsystem. Unable to gather the operational log of the storage subsystem.
2318One or more files failed to copy. One or more files failed to copy.
2319Clears any diagnostic information being stored by the storage subsystem. This does not clear or reset any logs; it only frees any temporary files used by the GetDiagnosticInfo command Clears any diagnostic information being stored by the storage subsystem. This does not clear or reset any logs; it only frees any temporary files used by the GetDiagnosticInfo command
2320The diagnostic log has already been started for this storage subsystem. The diagnostic log has already been started for this storage subsystem.
2321Exceeded the number of trace sessions that can enable the provider. Exceeded the number of trace sessions that can enable the provider.
2322No diagnostic logs were enabled for this storage subsystem. No diagnostic logs were enabled for this storage subsystem.
2323This method retrieved the Health Actions being perfomed on the Storage Subsystem. This method retrieved the Health Actions being perfomed on the Storage Subsystem.
2324This method allows a user to perform certain maintenance tasks on the physical disks in this storage scale unit. This method allows a user to perform certain maintenance tasks on the physical disks in this storage scale unit.
2325If set to TRUE, this instructs the physical disks in this storage scale unit to enable maintenance mode. If set to TRUE, this instructs the physical disks in this storage scale unit to enable maintenance mode.
2326This indicates the time in seconds before stale data will be moved off of the physical disks in this storage scale unit. This indicates the time in seconds before stale data will be moved off of the physical disks in this storage scale unit.
2327Represents a storage site in a stretch cluster. Represents a storage site in a stretch cluster.
2328Association between StorageSubSystem and StorageHealth Association between StorageSubSystem and StorageHealth
2329CreateVolume CreateVolume
2330GetStorageReliabilityCounter GetStorageReliabilityCounter
2331This field denotes the specific error code used for 'Relative paths not supported'. This field denotes the specific error code used for 'Relative paths not supported'.
2332This field is the message displayed to the user. This field is the message displayed to the user.
10000Default share Default share
0x1There was an error while using the storage provider \"%1\" with ID \"%2\". ErrorCode=%3!08lX! There was an error while using the storage provider \"%1\" with ID \"%2\". ErrorCode=%3!08lX!
0x2There are no drive letters available.%0 There are no drive letters available.%0
0x3The operation failed with return code %1!u! %0 The operation failed with return code %1!u! %0
0x4Discovering provider objects%0 Discovering provider objects%0
0x5The requested name could not be applied to the newly created object.%0 The requested name could not be applied to the newly created object.%0
0x6%1%0 %1%0
0x7Gathering storage subsystem diagnostic information%0 Gathering storage subsystem diagnostic information%0
0x8Capturing diagnostic information. This may take time depending on the information being gathered.%0 Capturing diagnostic information. This may take time depending on the information being gathered.%0
0x9Copying diagnostic file %1%0 Copying diagnostic file %1%0
0xAThe operation succeeded with warnings.%0 The operation succeeded with warnings.%0
0xBOne or more specified parameters are not supported by the target provider in the current version of the subsystem.%n%nUnsupported Parameters:%n%1%0 One or more specified parameters are not supported by the target provider in the current version of the subsystem.%n%nUnsupported Parameters:%n%1%0
0x101Windows can't check the disk while it's in use.Do you want to check for hard disk errors the next time you start your computer? Windows can't check the disk while it's in use.Do you want to check for hard disk errors the next time you start your computer?
0x102Windows can't check the volume while it's in use.Do you want to dismount this volume first? Note: All opened handles to this volume will become invalid. Windows can't check the volume while it's in use.Do you want to dismount this volume first? Note: All opened handles to this volume will become invalid.
0x103Scanning%0 Scanning%0
0x104Repairing%0 Repairing%0
0x105You do not have sufficient rights to check this drive. You do not have sufficient rights to check this drive.
0x106The disk is write protected. The disk is write protected.
0x107%1 %1
0x108Volume compression was not enabled because it is not supported for the specified file system. Volume compression was not enabled because it is not supported for the specified file system.
0x109Modifying short file name support is not supported for the specified file system. Modifying short file name support is not supported for the specified file system.
0x10AThe specified file system is not supported on the drive. The specified file system is not supported on the drive.
0x10BWindows cannot format this volume. Close any disk utilities or other programs that are using this volume, and make sure that no window is displaying the contents of the volume. Then try formatting again. Windows cannot format this volume. Close any disk utilities or other programs that are using this volume, and make sure that no window is displaying the contents of the volume. Then try formatting again.
0x10CThis disk cannot be quick formatted. This disk cannot be quick formatted.
0x10DThe volume label is not valid. The volume label is not valid.
0x10EThe specified cluster size is too small. The specified cluster size is too small.
0x10FThe specified cluster size is too large. The specified cluster size is too large.
0x110The specified volume is too small. The specified volume is too small.
0x111The specified volume is too large. The specified volume is too large.
0x112The number of clusters exceeds 32 bits. The number of clusters exceeds 32 bits.
0x113The specified UDF version is not supported. The specified UDF version is not supported.
0x114The format might take a long time. You should not shut down the computer until the format is complete. The format might take a long time. You should not shut down the computer until the format is complete.
0x115A hardware error occurred while formatting this disc. You cantry again with a different disc, but if this problem persists,using the Live File System on this drive is not recommended.The Mastered option should be used instead. A hardware error occurred while formatting this disc. You cantry again with a different disc, but if this problem persists,using the Live File System on this drive is not recommended.The Mastered option should be used instead.
0x116Warning, all data on the volume will be lost! Warning, all data on the volume will be lost!
0x117Access Denied due to insufficient privileges.This utility must be run in elevated mode. Access Denied due to insufficient privileges.This utility must be run in elevated mode.
0x118Windows could not open the volume for direct access. Windows could not open the volume for direct access.
0x119Windows could not determine the file system of volume %1. Windows could not determine the file system of volume %1.
0x11AFormatting%0 Formatting%0
0x11BVolume integrity was not enabled because it is not supported for the specified file system. Volume integrity was not enabled because it is not supported for the specified file system.
0x11CCreating new volume%0 Creating new volume%0
0x11DResizing volume%0 Resizing volume%0
0x11EOptimizing volume%0 Optimizing volume%0
0x11FRepairing volume%0 Repairing volume%0
0x120Formatting volume%0 Formatting volume%0
0x201The changes you have requested are not supported on partition %1!u! on disk %2!u! The changes you have requested are not supported on partition %1!u! on disk %2!u!
0x202This will erase all data on disk %1!u! partition %2!u!. This will erase all data on disk %1!u! partition %2!u!.
0x203This will resize disk %1!u! partition %2!u!. This will resize disk %1!u! partition %2!u!.
0x204This will modify disk %1!u! partition %2!u! which could result in a disruption of services. This will modify disk %1!u! partition %2!u! which could result in a disruption of services.
0x205This will remove the access path \"%3\" from disk %1!u! partition %2!u!. This will remove the access path \"%3\" from disk %1!u! partition %2!u!.
0x301This will erase all data on disk %1!u! \"%2\". This will erase all data on disk %1!u! \"%2\".
0x302This will modify disk %1!u! \"%2\". This will modify disk %1!u! \"%2\".
0x303Clearing disk%0 Clearing disk%0
0x304Enabling High Availability on disk%0 Enabling High Availability on disk%0
0x305Disabling High Availability on disk%0 Disabling High Availability on disk%0
0x501This will remove the StoragePool \"%1\". This will remove the StoragePool \"%1\".
0x502Removing a physical disk will cause problems with the fault tolerance capabilities of the following storage pool: \"%1\". Removing a physical disk will cause problems with the fault tolerance capabilities of the following storage pool: \"%1\".
0x503An operation was attempted on the primordial storage poolwhich was not supported. This operation might have succeeded for otherobjects in the pipeline. An operation was attempted on the primordial storage poolwhich was not supported. This operation might have succeeded for otherobjects in the pipeline.
0x504Creating new storage pool%0 Creating new storage pool%0
0x505Deleting storage pool%0 Deleting storage pool%0
0x506This will upgrade the StoragePool \"%1\" to the latest version. This is an irreversible action. This will upgrade the StoragePool \"%1\" to the latest version. This is an irreversible action.
0x507Optimizing storage pool%0 Optimizing storage pool%0
0x601This will remove the VirtualDisk \"%1\" and will erase all of the datathat it contains. This will remove the VirtualDisk \"%1\" and will erase all of the datathat it contains.
0x602Creating new virtual disk%0 Creating new virtual disk%0
0x603Deleting virtual disk%0 Deleting virtual disk%0
0x604Showing virtual disk to host system%0 Showing virtual disk to host system%0
0x605Hiding virtual disk from host system%0 Hiding virtual disk from host system%0
0x606Creating a virtual disk snapshot%0 Creating a virtual disk snapshot%0
0x607Creating a virtual disk clone%0 Creating a virtual disk clone%0
0x608Resizing virtual disk%0 Resizing virtual disk%0
0x609Repairing virtual disk%0 Repairing virtual disk%0
0x701Adding physical disks%0 Adding physical disks%0
0x702Removing physical disks%0 Removing physical disks%0
0x801This will remove the InitiatorID with address \"%1\". This will remove the InitiatorID with address \"%1\".
0x901This will remove the MaskingSet \"%1\". This will remove the MaskingSet \"%1\".
0x902Creating new masking set%0 Creating new masking set%0
0x903A unique version of the requested masking set already exists%0 A unique version of the requested masking set already exists%0
0x904Deleting masking set%0 Deleting masking set%0
0x905Adding initiator Id%0 Adding initiator Id%0
0x906Adding target port%0 Adding target port%0
0x907Removing initiator Id%0 Removing initiator Id%0
0x908Removing target port%0 Removing target port%0
0x909Adding virtual disk%0 Adding virtual disk%0
0x910Removing virtual disk%0 Removing virtual disk%0
0x1001Resizing storage tier%0 Resizing storage tier%0
0x1002Creating new storage tier%0 Creating new storage tier%0
0x1003Deleting storage tier%0 Deleting storage tier%0
0x1004This will remove the StorageTier \"%1\". This will remove the StorageTier \"%1\".
0x1101Creating new file server%0 Creating new file server%0
0x1201Creating new file share%0 Creating new file share%0
0x1301Creating new replication group%0 Creating new replication group%0
0x1302Creating new replication group relationship%0 Creating new replication group relationship%0
0x00008001Thin provisioning is not supported on clustered subsystems.%0 Thin provisioning is not supported on clustered subsystems.%0
0x00008002A size must be specified for every storage tier specified.%0 A size must be specified for every storage tier specified.%0
0x00008003Thin provisioning is not supported with storage tiers.%0 Thin provisioning is not supported with storage tiers.%0
0x00008004Enclosure aware allocation requires physical disks to be in storage enclosures which support the SES protocol.%0 Enclosure aware allocation requires physical disks to be in storage enclosures which support the SES protocol.%0
0x00008005Check if the storage enclosures support the SES protocol.%0 Check if the storage enclosures support the SES protocol.%0
0x00008006Check if the FaultDomainAwareness parameter is set to PhysicalDisk.%0 Check if the FaultDomainAwareness parameter is set to PhysicalDisk.%0
0x00008007Check if the FaultDomainAwarenessDefault property of the storage pool is set to PhysicalDisk.%0 Check if the FaultDomainAwarenessDefault property of the storage pool is set to PhysicalDisk.%0
0x00008008The storage pool does not have sufficient eligible resources for the creation of the specified virtual disk.%0 The storage pool does not have sufficient eligible resources for the creation of the specified virtual disk.%0
0x00008009Choose a value for NumberOfColumns that is less than or equal to the number of physical disks in the storage fault domain selected for the virtual disk.%0 Choose a value for NumberOfColumns that is less than or equal to the number of physical disks in the storage fault domain selected for the virtual disk.%0
0x00008010Add more physical disks to the storage pool.%0 Add more physical disks to the storage pool.%0
0x00008011The CSVFS_NTFS and CSVFS_ReFS file systems can only be used on cluster subsystems.%0 The CSVFS_NTFS and CSVFS_ReFS file systems can only be used on cluster subsystems.%0
0x00008012Clustered storage pools must maintain a minimum of 3 physical disks.%0 Clustered storage pools must maintain a minimum of 3 physical disks.%0
0x00008013Storage Spaces pools only support a usage of \"Other\".%0 Storage Spaces pools only support a usage of \"Other\".%0
0x00008014One or more physical disks are not in the specified storage subsystem.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%1%0 One or more physical disks are not in the specified storage subsystem.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%1%0
0x00008015Other usage information can be set using the \"OtherUsageDescription\" parameter.%0 Other usage information can be set using the \"OtherUsageDescription\" parameter.%0
0x00008016One or more physical disks encountered an error while creating the storage pool.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%1%0 One or more physical disks encountered an error while creating the storage pool.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%1%0
0x00008017One or more physical disks encountered an error during addition to the storage pool.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%1%0 One or more physical disks encountered an error during addition to the storage pool.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%1%0
0x00008018One or more physical disks encountered an error during removal from the storage pool.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%1%0 One or more physical disks encountered an error during removal from the storage pool.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%1%0
0x00008019The storage pool does not have sufficient capacity to relocate data from the specified physical disks.%0 The storage pool does not have sufficient capacity to relocate data from the specified physical disks.%0
0x00008020Free capacity by deleting unneeded virtual disks.%0 Free capacity by deleting unneeded virtual disks.%0
0x00008021The Windows Storage Provider does not support shrinking virtual disks.%0 The Windows Storage Provider does not support shrinking virtual disks.%0
0x00008022This operation cannot be performed with more than %1 physical disks. This operation cannot be performed with more than %1 physical disks.
0x00008023Add/Remove physical disks in batches after the initial operation completes.%0 Add/Remove physical disks in batches after the initial operation completes.%0
0x00008024The disk associated with the virtual disk created could not be not found.%0 The disk associated with the virtual disk created could not be not found.%0
0x00008025The parameters GptType, IsHidden, and IsDAX cannot be used on an MBR disk.%0 The parameters GptType, IsHidden, and IsDAX cannot be used on an MBR disk.%0
0x00008026The parameters MbrType and IsActive cannot be used on a GPT disk.%0 The parameters MbrType and IsActive cannot be used on a GPT disk.%0
0x00008027Removable media cannot be set to offline.%0 Removable media cannot be set to offline.%0
0x00008028The operation requires that the disk is either RAW or GPT with only MSR partition.%0 The operation requires that the disk is either RAW or GPT with only MSR partition.%0
0x00008029Clear the disk.%0 Clear the disk.%0
0x00008030The partition is already the requested size.%0 The partition is already the requested size.%0
0x00008031The volume cannot be extended. The number of clusters will exceed the maximum number of clusters supported by the file system.%0 The volume cannot be extended. The number of clusters will exceed the maximum number of clusters supported by the file system.%0
0x00008032Only the first 2TB are usable on large MBR disks.%0 Only the first 2TB are usable on large MBR disks.%0
0x00008033Convert the disk to a GPT layout in order to use capacity beyond 2TB.%0 Convert the disk to a GPT layout in order to use capacity beyond 2TB.%0
0x00008034The size of the extent is less than the minimum of 1MB.%0 The size of the extent is less than the minimum of 1MB.%0
0x00008035The specified shrink size is too big and will cause the volume to be smaller than the minimum volume size.%0 The specified shrink size is too big and will cause the volume to be smaller than the minimum volume size.%0
0x00008036The specified shrink size is less than then minimum shrink size allowed.%0 The specified shrink size is less than then minimum shrink size allowed.%0
0x00008037One or more physical disks encountered an error when gathering information on node %1.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%2%0 One or more physical disks encountered an error when gathering information on node %1.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%2%0
0x00008038Check connectivity to the physical disks.%n Check connectivity to the physical disks.%n
0x00008039Enable Storage Spaces Direct if using local storage.%0 Enable Storage Spaces Direct if using local storage.%0
0x00008040Cluster shared volume does not support drive letter.%0 Cluster shared volume does not support drive letter.%0
0x00008041Use mount point.%0 Use mount point.%0
0x00008042A warning or error has been encountered during storage firmware update.%n%n%1%0 A warning or error has been encountered during storage firmware update.%n%n%1%0
0x00008043One or more physical disks host data for virtual disks that are either Simple or have lost redundancy.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%1%0 One or more physical disks host data for virtual disks that are either Simple or have lost redundancy.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%1%0
0x00008044Attach all associated virtual disks.%0 Attach all associated virtual disks.%0
0x00008045Repair associated virtual disks that have lost their redundancy.%0 Repair associated virtual disks that have lost their redundancy.%0
0x00008046To continue with the operation use the 'IgnoreDetachedVirtualDisks' parameter. The associatedvirtual disks may be unable to attach until maintenance mode is disabled on these physical disks.%0 To continue with the operation use the 'IgnoreDetachedVirtualDisks' parameter. The associatedvirtual disks may be unable to attach until maintenance mode is disabled on these physical disks.%0
0x00008047Check if you have the necessary privileges to perform the operation.%0 Check if you have the necessary privileges to perform the operation.%0
0x00008048Perform the operation from Failover Cluster Manager if the resource is clustered.%0 Perform the operation from Failover Cluster Manager if the resource is clustered.%0
0x00008049The storage node name needs to be specified.%0 The storage node name needs to be specified.%0
0x00008050Choose a combination of FaultDomainAwareness and NumberOfDataCopies (or PhysicalDiskRedundancy) supported by the storage pool.%0 Choose a combination of FaultDomainAwareness and NumberOfDataCopies (or PhysicalDiskRedundancy) supported by the storage pool.%0
0x00008051The virtual disk has lost data and cannot repair.%0 The virtual disk has lost data and cannot repair.%0
0x00008052One or more physical disks encountered an error while repairing the virtual disk.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%1%0 One or more physical disks encountered an error while repairing the virtual disk.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%1%0
0x00008053The storage pool could not relocate data from one or more physical disks.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%1%0 The storage pool could not relocate data from one or more physical disks.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%1%0
0x00008054One or more physical disks host data for virtual disks that are detached.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%1%0 One or more physical disks host data for virtual disks that are detached.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%1%0
0x00008055One or more physical disks are in the Primordial storage pool for which the operation is not supported.The operation might have succeeded for physical disks in a concrete storage pool.%0 One or more physical disks are in the Primordial storage pool for which the operation is not supported.The operation might have succeeded for physical disks in a concrete storage pool.%0
0x00008056One or more physical disks host data for virtual disks that have a lower fault domain awareness than the fault domain object specified.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%1%0 One or more physical disks host data for virtual disks that have a lower fault domain awareness than the fault domain object specified.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%1%0
0x00008057The physical disk must be in maintenance mode to perform this operation.%0 The physical disk must be in maintenance mode to perform this operation.%0
0x00008058One or more virtual disks are not healthy.%n %nVirtual Disks:%n%1%0 One or more virtual disks are not healthy.%n %nVirtual Disks:%n%1%0
0x00008059To continue with the operation do not use the 'VirtualDisksHealthy' flag.The associated virtual disks may be at a greater risk of becoming unavailable.%0 To continue with the operation do not use the 'VirtualDisksHealthy' flag.The associated virtual disks may be at a greater risk of becoming unavailable.%0
0x00008060The specified storage fault domain object does not support maintenance mode.%0 The specified storage fault domain object does not support maintenance mode.%0
0x00008061One or more physical disks encountered an error while enabling maintenance mode.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%1%0 One or more physical disks encountered an error while enabling maintenance mode.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%1%0
0x00008062Check physical disk compatibility if using Storage Spaces Direct.%0 Check physical disk compatibility if using Storage Spaces Direct.%0
0x00008063Detach associated virtual disks to offline data on them and retry the operation with the 'IgnoreDetachedVirtualDisks' parameter.The virtual disks may be unable to attach until maintenance mode is disabled on these physical disks.%0 Detach associated virtual disks to offline data on them and retry the operation with the 'IgnoreDetachedVirtualDisks' parameter.The virtual disks may be unable to attach until maintenance mode is disabled on these physical disks.%0
0x00008064The cluster health resource was not found. This method requires the cluster health resource to be present.%0 The cluster health resource was not found. This method requires the cluster health resource to be present.%0
0x00008065SBL failed to start the operation to change the disk write cache.%n%nPhysical disks:%n%1%0 SBL failed to start the operation to change the disk write cache.%n%nPhysical disks:%n%1%0
0x00008066SBL failed to change the disk write cache operation mode.%n%nPhysical disks:%n%1%0 SBL failed to change the disk write cache operation mode.%n%nPhysical disks:%n%1%0
0x00008067The file system on the volume is not supported for reports.%0 The file system on the volume is not supported for reports.%0
0x05200000The operation was successful The operation was successful
0x85200001A general error occurred, not covered by a more specific error code. A general error occurred, not covered by a more specific error code.
0x85200002Access to a CIM resource is not available to the client. Access to a CIM resource is not available to the client.
0x85200003The target namespace does not exist. The target namespace does not exist.
0x85200004One or more parameter values passed to the method are not valid. One or more parameter values passed to the method are not valid.
0x85200005The specified class does not exist. The specified class does not exist.
0x85200006The requested object cannot be found. The requested object cannot be found.
0x85200007The requested operation is not supported. The requested operation is not supported.
0x85200008The operation cannot be invoked because the class has subclasses. The operation cannot be invoked because the class has subclasses.
0x85200009The operation cannot be invoked because the class has instances. The operation cannot be invoked because the class has instances.
0x8520000AThe operation cannot be invoked because the superclass does not exist. The operation cannot be invoked because the superclass does not exist.
0x8520000BThe operation cannot be invoked because an object already exists. The operation cannot be invoked because an object already exists.
0x8520000CThe specified property does not exist. The specified property does not exist.
0x8520000DThe value supplied is not compatible with the type. The value supplied is not compatible with the type.
0x8520000EThe query language is not recognized or supported. The query language is not recognized or supported.
0x8520000FThe query is not valid for the specified query language. The query is not valid for the specified query language.
0x85200010The extrinsic method cannot be invoked. The extrinsic method cannot be invoked.
0x85200011The specified extrinsic method does not exist. The specified extrinsic method does not exist.
0x85200014The specified namespace is not empty. The specified namespace is not empty.
0x85200015The enumeration identified by the specified context is invalid. The enumeration identified by the specified context is invalid.
0x85200016The specified operation timeout is not supported by the CIM Server. The specified operation timeout is not supported by the CIM Server.
0x85200017The Pull operation has been abandoned. The Pull operation has been abandoned.
0x85200018The attempt to abandon a concurrent Pull operation failed. The attempt to abandon a concurrent Pull operation failed.
0x85200019Using a filter in the enumeration is not supported by the CIM server. Using a filter in the enumeration is not supported by the CIM server.
0x8520001AThe CIM server does not support continuation on error. The CIM server does not support continuation on error.
0x8520001BThe operation failed because server limits were exceeded. The operation failed because server limits were exceeded.
0x8520001CThe CIM server is shutting down and cannot process the operation. The CIM server is shutting down and cannot process the operation.
0x85300002Unknown Error Unknown Error
0x85300007This operation is not supported on x86 running in x64 environment This operation is not supported on x86 running in x64 environment
0x85301001Size not supported Size not supported
0x85301002Timeout not supported Timeout not supported
0x85301003The device is busy The device is busy
0x85301004Job terminated Job terminated
0x85309C44An unexpected I/O error has occured An unexpected I/O error has occured
0x85309C45You must specify a size by using either the Size or the UseMaximumSize parameter.You can specify only one of these parameters at a time. You must specify a size by using either the Size or the UseMaximumSize parameter.You can specify only one of these parameters at a time.
0x85309C46The object or object type requested does not exist in cache. The object or object type requested does not exist in cache.
0x85309C4CYou may specify a write cache size by using either the WriteCacheSize or AutoWriteCacheSize parameter,but not both. You may specify a write cache size by using either the WriteCacheSize or AutoWriteCacheSize parameter,but not both.
0x85309C4EYou must specify the enclosure awareness (either the IsEnclosureAware or EnclosureAwareDefaultparameter) or the fault domain awareness (either the FaultDomainAwareness orFaultDomainAwarenessDefault parameter), but not both. You must specify the enclosure awareness (either the IsEnclosureAware or EnclosureAwareDefaultparameter) or the fault domain awareness (either the FaultDomainAwareness orFaultDomainAwarenessDefault parameter), but not both.
0x85309C4FThe provider does not support a value for fault domain awareness other than physical disk or storageenclosure. The provider does not support a value for fault domain awareness other than physical disk or storageenclosure.
0x8530A02EA parameter is not valid for this type of partition A parameter is not valid for this type of partition
0x8530A03AThe specified object is managed by the Microsoft Failover Clustering component.The disk must be in cluster maintenance mode and the cluster resource status must be online toperform this operation. The specified object is managed by the Microsoft Failover Clustering component.The disk must be in cluster maintenance mode and the cluster resource status must be online toperform this operation.
0x8530A03BThe specified object is managed by the Microsoft Failover Clustering component.The disk must be removed from the cluster to perform this operation. The specified object is managed by the Microsoft Failover Clustering component.The disk must be removed from the cluster to perform this operation.
0x8530A7F9The specified file system is not supported. The specified file system is not supported.
0x8530A7FAThe volume cannot be quick formatted. The volume cannot be quick formatted.
0x8530A7FDThe cluster size must be a multiple of the disk's physical sector size. The cluster size must be a multiple of the disk's physical sector size.
0x8530A7FECannot perform the requested operation when the drive is read only. Cannot perform the requested operation when the drive is read only.
0x8530A7FFThe repair failed. The repair failed.
0x8530A800The scan failed. The scan failed.
0x8530A802A scan is already running on this drive. Chkdsk can not run more than one scan on a drive at a time. A scan is already running on this drive. Chkdsk can not run more than one scan on a drive at a time.
0x8530A805Cannot open drive for direct access. Cannot open drive for direct access.
0x8530A806Cannot determine the file system of the drive. Cannot determine the file system of the drive.
0x8530A807This setting may not be changed due to the group policy setting. This setting may not be changed due to the group policy setting.
0x8530A808This setting may not be changed due to the global registry setting. This setting may not be changed due to the global registry setting.
0x8530A809You must specify a name for this volume. You must specify a name for this volume.
0x8530A80AYou must specify a file server to expose this volume to. You must specify a file server to expose this volume to.
0x8530A80BThe volume is not exposed to the specified file server. The volume is not exposed to the specified file server.
0x8530A80CDeduplication feature is not available. Deduplication feature is not available.
0x8530A80DDeduplication is not enabled for the volume. Deduplication is not enabled for the volume.
0x8530B3B7This subsystem is already registered with another user's credentials. Use the -Force flag toremove the existing registration and add a new one anyway. This subsystem is already registered with another user's credentials. Use the -Force flag toremove the existing registration and add a new one anyway.
0x8530B3BCFailed to offline the storage object in Failover clustering. Failed to offline the storage object in Failover clustering.
0x8530B79AThe operation could not be completed because the associated subsystem has stopped functioning. The operation could not be completed because the associated subsystem has stopped functioning.
0x8530BB8AYou must specify the size info (either the Size or UseMaximumSize parameter) or the tier info (theStorageTiers and StorageTierSizes parameters), but not both size info and tier info. You must specify the size info (either the Size or UseMaximumSize parameter) or the tier info (theStorageTiers and StorageTierSizes parameters), but not both size info and tier info.
0x8530BB8BThe storage pool could not complete the operation because the health or operational status of one ormore virtual disks in it does not permit it. The storage pool could not complete the operation because the health or operational status of one ormore virtual disks in it does not permit it.
0x8530C351Could not repair the virtual disk because too many physical disks failed. Not enough informationexists on the remaining physical disks to reconstruct the lost data. Could not repair the virtual disk because too many physical disks failed. Not enough informationexists on the remaining physical disks to reconstruct the lost data.
0x8530C353The virtual disk could not complete the operation because its health or operational status doesnot permit it. The virtual disk could not complete the operation because its health or operational status doesnot permit it.
0x8530C73FOne or more physical disks could not be removed. The policy on this storage pool requires a minimumnumber of physical disks to remain present. One or more physical disks could not be removed. The policy on this storage pool requires a minimumnumber of physical disks to remain present.
0x8530CF08The initiator address specified is not valid. The initiator address specified is not valid.
0x8530DAC1The Storage Tiers Management service detected that the specified volume is in the process of beingdismounted. The Storage Tiers Management service detected that the specified volume is in the process of beingdismounted.
0x8530DAC4The specified storage tier could not be found on the volume. Confirm that the storage tier name isvalid. The specified storage tier could not be found on the volume. Confirm that the storage tier name isvalid.
0x8530E293At least one account name needs to be specified. At least one account name needs to be specified.
0x8530E294You must specify an access right. You must specify an access right.
0x8530E295The specified user account could not be found. The specified user account could not be found.
0x8530E678Failed to communicate with cluster health resource. Failed to communicate with cluster health resource.
0x90000001Microsoft-Windows-StorageManagement Microsoft-Windows-StorageManagement
0xB0000001%1%n%2(%3) %1%n%2(%3)
0xB0000002%1 %2%n%3(%4) %1 %2%n%3(%4)
0xB0000004An error has occurred during method execution.%n%nClass:%t%t%1%nMethod:%t%t%2%nError Code:%t%3%nError Message:%n%n%4 An error has occurred during method execution.%n%nClass:%t%t%1%nMethod:%t%t%2%nError Code:%t%3%nError Message:%n%n%4
0xB0000005An error has occurred during method execution.%n%nClass:%t%t%1%nMethod:%t%t%2%nError Code:%t%3 An error has occurred during method execution.%n%nClass:%t%t%1%nMethod:%t%t%2%nError Code:%t%3
0xB0000006The Windows Storage Provider host service failed to start.%n%nError Code: %1%n The Windows Storage Provider host service failed to start.%n%nError Code: %1%n

EXIF

File Name:storagewmi.dll.mui
Directory:%WINDIR%\WinSxS\amd64_microsoft-windows-s..gementwmi.resources_31bf3856ad364e35_10.0.15063.0_nb-no_4587cc1b09ae058c\
File Size:436 kB
File Permissions:rw-rw-rw-
File Type:Win32 DLL
File Type Extension:dll
MIME Type:application/octet-stream
Machine Type:Intel 386 or later, and compatibles
Time Stamp:0000:00:00 00:00:00
PE Type:PE32
Linker Version:14.10
Code Size:0
Initialized Data Size:445440
Uninitialized Data Size:0
Entry Point:0x0000
OS Version:10.0
Image Version:10.0
Subsystem Version:6.0
Subsystem:Windows GUI
File Version Number:10.0.15063.0
Product Version Number:10.0.15063.0
File Flags Mask:0x003f
File Flags:(none)
File OS:Windows NT 32-bit
Object File Type:Dynamic link library
File Subtype:0
Language Code:Norwegian (Bokml)
Character Set:Unicode
Company Name:Microsoft Corporation
File Description:WMI Provider for Storage Management
File Version:10.0.15063.0 (WinBuild.160101.0800)
Internal Name:STORAGEWMI.DLL
Legal Copyright:© Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
Original File Name:STORAGEWMI.DLL.MUI
Product Name:Microsoft® Windows® Operating System
Product Version:10.0.15063.0
Directory:%WINDIR%\WinSxS\x86_microsoft-windows-s..gementwmi.resources_31bf3856ad364e35_10.0.15063.0_nb-no_e969309751509456\

What is storagewmi.dll.mui?

storagewmi.dll.mui is Multilingual User Interface resource file that contain Norwegian (Bokml) language for file storagewmi.dll (WMI Provider for Storage Management).

File version info

File Description:WMI Provider for Storage Management
File Version:10.0.15063.0 (WinBuild.160101.0800)
Company Name:Microsoft Corporation
Internal Name:STORAGEWMI.DLL
Legal Copyright:© Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
Original Filename:STORAGEWMI.DLL.MUI
Product Name:Microsoft® Windows® Operating System
Product Version:10.0.15063.0
Translation:0x414, 1200